UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015	
or	
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from                                    to                                   	
Commission File Number: 1-4365
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	 	58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)	
999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)	
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
 (404) 659-2424	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:	

 	
 	 	 	
Title of each class	 	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, $1 par value	 	New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE	
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 	 	 	 	
Large accelerated filer x	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý
As of August 1, 2014 which is the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $864,154,887. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant's voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August 1, 2014) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class	 	Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 18, 2015	
Common Stock, $1 par value	 	16,478,438	
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of our proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 17, 2015 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

 	 	Page	
PART I	
Item 1.	Business	4	
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	24	
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	35	
Item 2.	Properties	35	
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	36	
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	36	
PART II	
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	37	
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	38	
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	39	
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	69	
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	71	
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	104	
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	104	
Item 9B.	Other Information	106	
PART III	
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	106	
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	107	
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	107	
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	107	
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	107	
PART IV	
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	107	
Signatures	 	110	

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions including, without limitation, the uncertainties related to any potential sale transaction involving Ben Sherman being identified or consummated (including, among others, the timing of any transaction and the ultimate impact of any transaction on our business and operating results) and assumptions regarding the impact of economic conditions on consumer demand and spending, particularly in light of general economic uncertainty that continues to prevail, demand for our products, competitive conditions, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, retention of and disciplined execution by key management, the timing and cost of store openings and of planned capital expenditures, weather, costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products, costs of labor, acquisition and disposition activities, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions, access to capital and/or credit markets and the impact of foreign losses on our effective tax rate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
DEFINITIONS
As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 2015	52 weeks ending January 30, 2016	
Fiscal 2014	52 weeks ended January 31, 2015	
Fiscal 2013	52 weeks ended February 1, 2014	
Fiscal 2012	53 weeks ended February 2, 2013	
Fiscal 2011	52 weeks ended January 28, 2012	
Fiscal 2010	52 weeks ended January 29, 2011	
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended January 31, 2015	
Third quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended November 1, 2014	
Second quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended August 2, 2014	
First quarter Fiscal 2014	13 weeks ended May 3, 2014	
Fourth quarter Fiscal 2013	13 weeks ended February 1, 2014	
Third quarter Fiscal 2013	13 weeks ended November 2, 2013	
Second quarter Fiscal 2013	13 weeks ended August 3, 2013	
First quarter Fiscal 2013	13 weeks ended May 4, 2013	

3

PART I

Item 1.    Business
BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS
Overview
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of our retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. During Fiscal 2014, 90% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 61% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which includes our 206 owned retail stores, our e-commerce websites and our 15 Tommy Bahama restaurants. In Fiscal 2014, approximately 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and continental Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region.
Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally. We consider "lifestyle" brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman brands. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with consumers can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business.
We believe that the attraction of a lifestyle brand to consumers is dependent on maintaining appropriate product quality and design, appropriately restricting distribution to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide compelling, differentiated products each season. We seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full price retail stores and e-commerce websites. Accordingly, we target select wholesale customers that typically follow this same approach in their stores. In order to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we attempt to communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic media, and other media, in a manner intended to engage consumers and guide them to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers in search of our brands. Following our principles and continuing appropriate practices to maintain and enhance the images of each of our lifestyle brands, we believe that our lifestyle brands are ideally suited to succeed and thrive in the long-term while managing the various challenges facing the industry, including rapidly changing technology, consumer shopping patterns and an increasingly promotional apparel retail environment.
Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them the full line of our current season products and provide an opportunity for a consumer to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. We believe that our owned retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term growth for the brands. Additionally, our e-commerce websites for our lifestyle brands provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products. We anticipate further investments in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to increase the number of retail stores of each of the brands and to further enhance each brand's e-commerce operations.
In addition to operating e-commerce websites for each of our lifestyle brands, as of January 31, 2015, we operated 157 Tommy Bahama, 28 Lilly Pulitzer and 21 Ben Sherman retail locations, including outlet locations for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman. Our Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman outlets and our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites play an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties.
Our wholesale operations complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers. Our wholesale distribution channels include better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, mass merchants and Internet retailers. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are

4

committed to working with them to enhance the success of our products within their stores. Our 10 largest customers represented 22% of our consolidated net sales for Fiscal 2014, with no individual customer representing more than 10% of our consolidated net sales.
Within our Lanier Clothes operating group, we sell apparel products under certain brands that are licensed to us and certain private label apparel products, as well as products bearing brands that we own. During Fiscal 2014, on a consolidated basis, sales of products from licensed brands and private label products accounted for 6% and 4%, respectively, of our net sales.
We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of its own products in its retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than these conditions have on other industries.

We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains increasingly promotional and economic uncertainty remains. We anticipate that sales of our products may continue to be impacted negatively as long as the retail apparel environment remains promotional and there is an elevated level of economic uncertainty in the geographies in which we operate. Additionally, we have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, most of which appear to be permanent cost increases.

On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of shareholders.
Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business include, but are not limited to, competition, economic factors and others as described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.
Investments and Opportunities

We believe that our Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands have significant growth opportunities in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and increase comparable store sales, and higher sales in our e-commerce operations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable brick and mortar retail store sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. Additionally, we believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging.

We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store build-out and remodels, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives, as well as increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to support the ongoing business operations and fuel future net sales growth. We expect that the investments may continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with sufficient resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. While we believe that we have significant opportunities

5

to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.
Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operated through our operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, each of which is described below. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups.
The table below presents net sales and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net Sales	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	167,736	
 	137,943	
 	
Lanier Clothes	112,934	
 	109,530	
 	
Ben Sherman	77,481	
 	67,218	
 	
Corporate and Other	12,157	
 	17,465	
 	
Total	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	
Operating Income (Loss)	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	32,190	
 	25,951	
 	
Lanier Clothes	10,849	
 	10,828	
 	
Ben Sherman	(10,832	)	(13,131	)	
Corporate and Other (1)	(19,736	)	(11,185	)	
Total operating income	$	83,603	
 	$	84,670	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	The Fiscal 2014 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $2.1 million of LIFO accounting charges, with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013. Additionally, Fiscal 2013 included a gain on sale of property of $1.6 million with no such gain in Fiscal 2014.	
The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).

 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
Assets	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	428,835	
 	$	408,599	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	108,969	
 	101,704	
 	
Lanier Clothes	35,152	
 	39,989	
 	
Ben Sherman	78,568	
 	79,299	
 	
Corporate and Other	(6,457	)	(2,286	)	
Total	$	645,067	
 	$	627,305	
 	
Total assets for Corporate and Other include a LIFO reserve of $58.6 million and $56.7 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information by geographic areas, see Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.

6

Tommy Bahama
Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During Fiscal 2014, 95% of Tommy Bahama's sales were to customers within the United States, with 3% of Tommy Bahama's sales in Canada and the remaining sales being in Australia and Asia.
We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts over many years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limiting the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle to consumers. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brand in the future. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $1.1 billion.
We believe there is ample opportunity to expand the reach of the Tommy Bahama brand, while at the same time maintaining the select distribution that Tommy Bahama has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand both domestically and internationally. These investments include amounts associated with capital expenditures and pre-opening expenses of new stores and restaurants; the remodeling of existing stores and restaurants; capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; and capital expenditures related to sales, administration and distribution facilities.
While we believe there are abundant opportunities for continued growth in the United States, in recent years we have begun expansion of the Tommy Bahama brand into international markets. These efforts have included the acquisition of the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business from our former licensees in Australia in Fiscal 2012 and Canada in Fiscal 2013. The operations of these licensees in each of these countries had developed a certain level of brand awareness, but we determined that after considering the potential direct to consumer and wholesale growth opportunities, it was appropriate for us to re-acquire the rights to these operations.
We also commenced operations in Asia by opening retail store locations in Hong Kong, Macau, Singapore in Fiscal 2012 and Japan beginning in Fiscal 2013. The operations in Asia thus far have generated operating losses as we developed a significant Hong Kong-based team and infrastructure to support a larger Asia retail operation. The roll-out of retail stores in Asia has been at a modest pace as we have attempted to focus on improving store operations in Asia prior to engaging in a significant roll-out of additional stores. As a lifestyle brand which desires to remain primarily a full-price brand, we continue to believe it is appropriate that in certain key markets we initially set the tone for the brand rather than engaging a partner. However, in the future, in certain markets we may engage a local partner to accelerate growth.
At this time, we anticipate our near term focus in the Asia-Pacific region will be on our direct to consumer operations in Australia and Japan while at the same time reducing our infrastructure costs in Hong Kong to better align with our current Asia retail operations. By focusing on a limited number of international markets and increasing the store count in those locations, we believe we can do a better job of increasing brand awareness and sales by focusing our marketing spend in a location where the consumer has a variety of options for purchasing Tommy Bahama product, including our own retail stores, our wholesale customers' stores and an in-country Tommy Bahama website, which in the case of Japan launched in early Fiscal 2015. While we believe there are significant long-term opportunities for our Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region, we believe that the operating losses and capital expenditures associated with these operations will continue to put downward pressure on our operating margin in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During Fiscal 2014, we utilized approximately 240 suppliers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products. In Fiscal 2014, 80% of Tommy Bahama's product purchases were from manufacturers in China. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 46% of the products acquired during Fiscal 2014.

7

We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. While the advertising for Tommy Bahama promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that Tommy Bahama's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Tommy Bahama brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Tommy Bahama's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama communicate regularly with consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama's connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, two integral components of the marketing plan for Tommy Bahama include mailing loyalty gift cards to some of our loyal consumers for use in our stores during a specified time period and our "flip-side" events whereby if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer in one transaction during a specified time period, the consumer earns a gift card to be used in our retail stores or on-line at a future date. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington, which serves our North American direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers. We utilize local third party distribution centers for our Asia-Pacific operations.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, in the aggregate, represented 74% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2014. We expect the percentage of our Tommy Bahama sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase slightly in future years as we anticipate that the direct to consumer distribution channel will grow at a faster pace than the wholesale distribution channel. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant net sales accounted for 50%, 14% and 10%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2014.
For Tommy Bahama's domestic full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations operating for the full Fiscal 2014 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $680 during Fiscal 2014, compared to $695 for stores operating for the full Fiscal 2013 year, with the decrease primarily reflecting Fiscal 2013 store openings having a lower sales per square foot than the overall average, partially offset by slightly favorable domestic comparable store sales on stores opened prior to Fiscal 2013. For international full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations located in Canada, Australia and Asia operating for the full Fiscal 2014 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $390 during Fiscal 2014. These per square foot sales amounts exclude the sales and square feet of our outlet stores. In Fiscal 2014, our domestic outlet stores and international outlet stores generated approximately $375 and $320, respectively, of sales per square foot for outlets open for the entire 2014 fiscal year. For relocated stores or outlets, for which the square feet changed during the year, if any, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. During Fiscal 2014, 65% and 30% of our full-price retail store sales were sales of Tommy Bahama men's product and women's product, respectively with the remainder of the full-price retail store sales being home products and other accessories.
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek malls and shopping areas with high-profile or luxury consumer brands for our full-price retail stores. As of January 31, 2015, approximately 40% of our full-price Tommy Bahama retail locations are in regional malls, with the remainder primarily being

8

stores in street-front locations or lifestyle centers. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique. We believe that the Tommy Bahama retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting. Further, as recent new store openings have enhanced e-commerce sales within the local geographic area, we believe that there are ample opportunities for additional Tommy Bahama retail store locations.
Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 11% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2014, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach helps us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity and controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product. To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, approximately 20% of the product sold in our Tommy Bahama outlets was made specifically for our outlets. At this time and based on our anticipated proportion of clearance versus made for items in our outlet stores, we anticipate that we would generally operate one outlet for approximately every three full-price stores.
As of January 31, 2015 we operated 15 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which together we often refer to as islands. These restaurant-retail locations provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that most of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile, brand appropriate locations, such as Naples and Jupiter, Florida, and New York City, as well as the Waikiki, Hawaii location scheduled to open in Fiscal 2015, we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image of the brand. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores which are adjacent to a restaurant are on average two times the sales per square foot of our domestic full-price retail stores not adjacent to a restaurant. We believe that the experience of a meal or drink in a Tommy Bahama restaurant may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer.
As of January 31, 2015, the total square feet of space utilized for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet utilized in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores operated by us as of January 31, 2015.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	Outlet Stores	Restaurant-Retail
Locations	Total	
Florida	20	
 	4	
 	5	
 	29	
 	
California	15	
 	5	
 	3	
 	23	
 	
Texas	5	
 	4	
 	1	
 	10	
 	
Hawaii	4	
 	1	
 	2	
 	7	
 	
Nevada	3	
 	1	
 	1	
 	5	
 	
Maryland	3	
 	2	
 	—	
 	5	
 	
Other states	34	
 	18	
 	2	
 	54	
 	
Total domestic	84	
 	35	
 	14	
 	133	
 	
Canada	6	
 	3	
 	—	
 	9	
 	
Total North America	90	
 	38	
 	14	
 	142	
 	
Australia	7	
 	1	
 	—	
 	8	
 	
Japan	1	
 	1	
 	1	
 	3	
 	
Other international	3	
 	1	
 	—	
 	4	
 	
Total	101	
 	41	
 	15	
 	157	
 	
Average square feet per store(1)	3,500	
 	4,600	
 	11,300	

Total square feet at year end	350,000	
 	190,000	
 	170,000	

_______________________________________________________________________________

9

 	 	
(1)	Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations include average retail space and restaurant space of 4,000 and 7,300 square feet, respectively.	
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama stores during Fiscal 2014.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	Outlet Stores	Restaurant-Retail
Locations	Total	
Open as of beginning of fiscal year	91	
 	36	
 	14	
 	141	
 	
Opened during fiscal year	10	
 	5	
 	1	
 	16	
 	
Open as of end of fiscal year	101	
 	41	
 	15	
 	157	
 	
During Fiscal 2014, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of full-price retail space, including the retail portion of our Tommy Bahama restaurant-retail locations, used in our domestic and international retail operations for Tommy Bahama was approximately 385,000 square feet, while the average total gross square feet of space used in our domestic and international Tommy Bahama outlet operations was approximately 175,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2015 and beyond, we currently expect to open approximately eight to 10 domestic retail locations per year. The majority of these locations in Fiscal 2015 are expected to be full-price stores along with one restaurant-retail location in Waikiki, Hawaii. Additionally, we expect to open two or three international stores in Fiscal 2015.
The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail locations requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we will spend approximately $1.0 million and $0.5 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store and domestic outlet store, respectively. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the store. Recently, we have opened certain stores using a smaller footprint of approximately 2,500 square feet in select locations, which allows us to minimize the cost of the store build-out on these stores.
The cost of a restaurant-retail location is significantly more than the cost of a retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our restaurant-retail locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain locations. For the Waikiki, Hawaii restaurant-retail location which we expect to open in late Fiscal 2015, we anticipate a cost of approximately $12 million. Also, the international retail store and outlet store locations that we open in the future may be more expensive than our domestic retail stores depending on the location and size of the store as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and other factors. For most of our stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. Additionally, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. As we reach the expirations of more of our lease agreements in the near future, we anticipate that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, in the aggregate, may increase in future periods.
In addition to our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website and the tommybahama.jp website, which launched in February 2015. During Fiscal 2014, e-commerce sales represented 14% of Tommy Bahama's net sales. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic retail store operations or wholesale operations. Also, we expect to continue to have a select number of e-commerce flash clearance sales, which represented 9% of Tommy Bahama e-commerce sales in Fiscal 2014, using our outlettommybahama.com website as a means of complementing our outlets in liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, in a brand appropriate manner.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at specialty stores or department stores, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama through better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with

10

limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon the continued controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold. As a result of this approach to limiting our wholesale customers, we believe that sales growth in our men's apparel wholesale business, which represented approximately 81% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014, may be somewhat limited domestically. However, we believe that we have significant opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women's business, which represented approximately 16% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014, and our Tommy Bahama footwear business. Overall, we expect that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at a slower rate than the direct to consumer distribution channel.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 26% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2014, 15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales were to Tommy Bahama's five largest wholesale customers, with its largest customer representing 6% of Tommy Bahama's net sales. Approximately half of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to its two largest customers, in the aggregate, with the remaining wholesale sales being sales to other department and specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations.
We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations utilize a sales force predominantly consisting of independent commissioned sales representatives.
Licensing Operations
We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.
Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as additional royalty payments and, in some cases, advertising payments and/or obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis calculated as specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

Men's and women's watches	Ceiling fans	Indoor furniture	
Men's and women's headwear	Rugs	Outdoor furniture and related products	
Men's socks	Fabrics	Bedding and bath linens	
Mattresses	Belts, leather goods and gifts	Table top accessories	
Sleepwear	Luggage	Suncare products	
Shampoo, soap and bath amenities	Fragrances	 	
In addition to our licenses for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international license agreements which allow those licensees to distribute certain Tommy Bahama branded products within certain countries or regions. As of January 31, 2015, we have one such agreement for the Middle East. Substantially all of the products sold by the licensee are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the licensee operates four retail stores.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Tommy Bahama's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Tommy Bahama by quarter for Fiscal 2014:

11

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	25	%	25	%	20	 %	30	%	
Operating income	28	%	31	%	—	 %	41	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Tommy Bahama's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce site, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2014, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales within any particular quarter in future periods:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Full
Year	
Full price retail stores and outlets	46	%	54	%	47	%	51	%	50	%	
E-commerce	11	%	15	%	11	%	19	%	14	%	
Restaurant	12	%	10	%	10	%	9	%	10	%	
Wholesale	31	%	21	%	32	%	21	%	26	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	
Lilly Pulitzer
Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950's by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. During Fiscal 2014, 42% and 38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were for women's sportswear and dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts; children's apparel; footwear; and licensed products. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.
We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand on December 21, 2010 and anticipate growth in the brand's retail, e-commerce, wholesale and licensing operations in the future. We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, while at the same time maintaining the exclusive distribution that Lilly Pulitzer has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include amounts associated with the opening of new stores, costs to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities, an expansion and other enhancements of Lilly Pulitzer's facilities in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and an increase in employment costs to continue to support a growing business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer's operating margin.
We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly's optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $225 million.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Lilly Pulitzer's products are developed by our dedicated design teams primarily located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process

12

combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.
Lilly Pulitzer utilizes a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 45 suppliers, with the largest 10 suppliers providing 63% of the Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during Fiscal 2014. In Fiscal 2014, 66% of Lilly Pulitzer's product purchases were from manufacturers located in China.
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Lilly Pulitzer's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Lilly Pulitzer's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brands' connections with consumers.
In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, we are also excited about a specific one-time marketing program for Fiscal 2015. This initiative is a single delivery design collaboration with the Target Corporation where Lilly Pulitzer provided certain designs and prints to Target, and Target used those prints on a collection of 250 pieces spanning apparel, accessories and shoes for women and girls, as well as home accents, outdoor entertaining accessories, beach gear and travel essentials. This single delivery program launches in April in all domestic Target locations and on the Target website. Target will highlight the collaboration in its marketing materials in connection with the launch. This marketing program will provide a significant amount of national exposure for the Lilly Pulitzer brand. We believe that this marketing exposure will introduce the Lilly Pulitzer brand to new potential consumers both on the East Coast where the brand has a very strong brand recognition and also west of the Mississippi River, where Lilly Pulitzer generated approximately 10% of its Fiscal 2014 sales. From a financial perspective, we do not expect a significant impact on our Fiscal 2015 operating results as we will not recognize any product sales or have inventory exposure related to the program; however, we believe that in the long-term, the collaboration will enhance the awareness of the Lilly Pulitzer brand.
We believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for its operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.
Direct to Consumer Operations
A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. The distribution channels included in Lilly Pulitzer's direct to consumer strategy consist of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations and represented 62% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2014, compared to 57% in Fiscal 2013. We expect the percentage of our Lilly Pulitzer sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase in future years as we anticipate that the full-price retail and e-commerce components of the Lilly Pulitzer business will continue to grow at a faster rate than the wholesale distribution channel.

13

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of January 31, 2015, 14 of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls and eight of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers with the remaining locations being street locations. Each retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores allow us to present Lilly Pulitzer's full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. Also, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited promotional activities complement our business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.
Lilly Pulitzer's retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2014 were approximately $730 for the 23 retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2014 year compared to approximately $645 for the 19 Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full Fiscal 2013 year. For relocated stores, if any, for which the square feet changed during the year, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to higher comparable store sales in stores open prior to Fiscal 2013 as well as the favorable impact of the inclusion of the stores opened in Fiscal 2013 in the Fiscal 2014 calculation.
The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer retail stores as of January 31, 2015.

 	Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores	
Florida	9	
 	
New York	3	
 	
Maryland	2	
 	
North Carolina	2	
 	
Ohio	2	
 	
Pennsylvania	2	
 	
Texas	2	
 	
Other	6	
 	
Total	28	
 	
Average square feet per store	2,800	
 	
Total square feet at year-end	79,000	
 	
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2014.

 	Full-Price
Retail Stores	
Open as of beginning of fiscal year	23	
 	
Opened during fiscal year	5	
 	
Open as of end of fiscal year	28	
 	
During Fiscal 2014, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of retail space was approximately 75,000 square feet. In Fiscal 2015, we expect to open six retail stores, and we expect to maintain a pace of four to six stores a year after Fiscal 2015. Although the timing of all of our store openings have not been finalized, we anticipate opening full-price retail store locations in Kiawah Island, South Carolina; Nashville, Tennessee; Chicago, Illinois; and Orlando, Coral Gables and Coconut Point, Florida in Fiscal 2015. All but one of these stores is expected to open in the first half of the year.
The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be 2,500 square feet on average; however, many stores will be larger or smaller than 2,500 square feet with the determination of size of the store depending on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate

14

capital expenditures of approximately $0.7 million on average. For most of our retail stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.
In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires, or otherwise, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store.
In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 28% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2014 compared to 25% in Fiscal 2013. The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years and we anticipate that the rate of growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future.
We also utilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, which is an ongoing part of any apparel business, in a brand appropriate manner. Usually, we have two e-commerce flash clearance sales per year, both of which are in typical industry end of season promotional periods. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price. Each of these two e-commerce flash clearance sales are for a very limited number of days, allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to essentially remain full-price for the remainder of the year. During Fiscal 2014, approximately 36% of Lilly Pulitzer's e-commerce sales were e-commerce flash clearance sales.
Wholesale Operations
To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at a specialty store or department store, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer through better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. Although we do not expect that the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. During Fiscal 2014, 38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers, with Lilly Pulitzer products available in more than 600 retail locations.
During Fiscal 2014, almost half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to certain wholesale customers, which we refer to as Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a one- or two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of January 31, 2015, there were 71 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.
The remaining wholesale sales were to better department stores and specialty stores. Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in Fiscal 2014 with its largest customer representing 6% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales.
We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in both King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.
Licensing Operations
We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer's core product categories. In the long-term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand, particularly once our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer brand products.
Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified

15

percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: bedding and home fashions; home furnishing fabrics; stationery and gift products; and eyewear.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2014:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	30	%	28	%	21	%	21	%	
Operating income	46	%	35	%	13	%	6	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales for Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Lilly Pulitzer's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Lilly Pulitzer products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third quarter of our fiscal year, which has not historically been a strong direct to consumer or wholesale quarter for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has historically held a significant e-commerce flash clearance sale which results in e-commerce sales representing a larger percentage of total sales than in other fiscal quarters. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2014, which may not be indicative of the allocation of sales by distribution channel in future periods:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Full
Year	
Full price retail stores	31	%	45	%	26	%	33	%	34	%	
E-commerce	18	%	23	%	44	%	32	%	28	%	
Wholesale	51	%	32	%	30	%	35	%	38	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	
Lanier Clothes
Lanier Clothes designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's apparel, with a focus on tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks, as well as casual pants and other dress apparel, across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Clothes products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands include Kenneth Cole®, Dockers® and Geoffrey Beene®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London® brand. In addition to these branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label apparel products for certain customers, including a large private label pants program for a warehouse club. The private label programs offer the retailer product exclusivity at generally higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing and distribution infrastructure. Sales of branded products represented approximately 67% of Lanier Clothes' net sales during Fiscal 2014.
Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty retailers and others throughout the United States. Lanier Clothes' products are sold in more than 5,000 retail locations. In Lanier Clothes, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States' largest retailers. During Fiscal 2014, Lanier Clothes' four largest customers represented 20%, 16%, 15% and 11% of Lanier Clothes' net sales, while sales to Lanier Clothes' 10 largest customers represented 86% of Lanier Clothes' net sales. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than Fiscal 2014 amounts as sales are not tied to long-term contracts.

16

As much of Lanier Clothes' private label sales are program based, where for each program or season Lanier Clothes must bid for a program, an individual customer could increase, decrease or discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Clothes' operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the size of the program or otherwise. Additionally, in accordance with normal industry practice, as part of maintaining an ongoing relationship with certain customers, Lanier Clothes may be required to provide cooperative advertising or other incentives to the customer.
The moderate price point tailored clothing market is an extremely competitive apparel sector with significant competition at retail and gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and sourcing cost increases as fewer low cost sourcing alternatives exist. We believe that our Lanier Clothes business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.
Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing market. Our Lanier Clothes' design teams, which are located in New York City, focus on the target consumer for each brand. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research and input from manufacturers. Our various Lanier Clothes products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.
Lanier Clothes manages production in Asia and Latin America through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third party buying agents. Lanier Clothes' sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Clothes' global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2014, 64% and 15% of Lanier Clothes product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam and India, respectively. Lanier Clothes purchased goods from approximately 115 suppliers in Fiscal 2014. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided 88% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier Clothes acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2014, with 35% of our product purchases being from our largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties in Vietnam, India and other countries, Lanier Clothes operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 13% of our Lanier Clothes products during Fiscal 2014.
The advertising efforts of Lanier Clothes are much more product specific than advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Clothes' branded products, advertising primarily consists of co-operative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor's general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, we are generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands.
For Lanier Clothes, we utilize a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, as well as third party distribution centers for certain of our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering, including when consumers purchase products from our customers' websites and we ship directly to the consumer. For certain standard tailored clothing product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Lanier Clothes utilizes various off-price retailers to sell such products.
We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Clothes products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta and employ a sales force consisting of salaried employees. Lanier Clothes operates the billylondonuk.com and menstailoreddirect.com websites, where certain Lanier Clothes products may be purchased on-line directly by consumers. In addition, Lanier Clothes also ships certain products directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of our wholesale customers.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Lanier Clothes' operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale apparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier Clothes generally reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters; however, in some fiscal years this will not be the case due to much of

17

Lanier Clothes' operations being program-driven businesses. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier Clothes by quarter for Fiscal 2014:

 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	25	%	19	%	32	%	24	%	
Operating income	25	%	14	%	32	%	29	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
Ben Sherman
Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the followers of the contemporary London music scene known as modernists or "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. During Fiscal 2014, approximately 40%, 25% and 25% of Ben Sherman's net sales occurred in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and the United States, respectively. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on the Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.
We believe the attraction of the Ben Sherman brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our apparel and licensed products, while also implementing restricted distribution of the Ben Sherman products to a select tier of retailers. We believe this approach to quality, design and distribution increases consumer desire for Ben Sherman products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Ben Sherman branded products sold during Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $225 million.
Ben Sherman has faced challenges in recent years. At the same time, we elevated the wholesale distribution of the Ben Sherman brand. Although we have made significant strides in elevating our wholesale distribution, we have not realized enough sales at higher distribution levels to date to replace the sales from accounts that we exited. On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of shareholders.
Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution
Ben Sherman men's apparel products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Ben Sherman headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics, or blends of two or more of these materials.
We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the majority of our Ben Sherman apparel products, supplemented by our sourcing office in India. During Fiscal 2014 we used approximately 50 suppliers primarily located in Asia to manufacture our Ben Sherman products. During Fiscal 2014, 38% and 33% of our Ben Sherman apparel products were sourced from China and India, respectively, while the largest 10 suppliers provided 67% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during Fiscal 2014.
We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Ben Sherman brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Ben Sherman advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Ben Sherman brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Ben Sherman's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand communicate regularly with consumers via the use of

18

email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brands' connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Ben Sherman uses a third party distribution center in the United Kingdom for its products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. This distribution center provides warehouse and distribution services for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for Ben Sherman at our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, our Ben Sherman retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers as well as sales for our direct to consumer operations. Disposal of excess prior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Ben Sherman utilizes a combination of sales in its own outlet stores and sales to off-price retailers to sell such inventory.
Wholesale Operations
During Fiscal 2014, 55% of Ben Sherman's net sales were sales to wholesale customers, including international distributors, with Ben Sherman products available in more than 1,200 retail locations. During Fiscal 2014, 27% of Ben Sherman's net sales were to its five largest customers, with its largest customer representing 7% of Ben Sherman's net sales. We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including London, New York City, Amsterdam and Dusseldorf. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.
Direct to Consumer Operations
Our direct to consumer strategy for the Ben Sherman brand includes locating retail stores in brand-appropriate street locations and malls. Each retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben Sherman image. Our Ben Sherman retail stores allow us to present Ben Sherman's full line of current season products, including licensees' products. We believe our Ben Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in our Ben Sherman retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business with our wholesale customers.
While we make approximately 40% of the Ben Sherman product sold in our outlets specifically for our outlets, our Ben Sherman outlet stores also serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while allowing us to better control the distribution of such products. Outlet store sales comprised 11% of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2014.
The components of Ben Sherman's direct to consumer strategy include retail store, concession and e-commerce operations and represented 45% of Ben Sherman's net sales in Fiscal 2014, compared to 46% in Fiscal 2013. Retail store sales per gross square foot were approximately $730 for our Ben Sherman retail stores which were open throughout Fiscal 2014 compared to approximately $655 for Ben Sherman retail stores open throughout Fiscal 2013. The increase from Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to higher comparable retail store sales. The above amounts for sales per square foot do not include sales or square feet amounts for outlets and concessions.
The table below provides certain information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of January 31, 2015.

19

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Number
of Stores	Average
Square Feet	
United Kingdom retail stores (1)	7	
 	2,300	
 	
Continental Europe retail stores	2	
 	1,900	
 	
United States retail stores	3	
 	4,000	
 	
Outlet stores (2)(3)	9	
 	1,800	
 	
Total	21	
 	2,200	
 	
Total gross square feet at year end	46,000	

_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	One United Kingdom retail store was closed subsequent to January 31, 2015.	
 	 	
(2)	Includes four outlet stores in the United Kingdom and five outlet stores in continental Europe.	
 	 	
(3)	Excludes two temporary outlet stores operated in the United Kingdom, which were opened in late Fiscal 2014 and are expected to close in the first half of Fiscal 2015.	
The table below reflects the changes in store count for Ben Sherman stores during Fiscal 2014.

 	Retail Stores	Outlet Stores	Total	
Open as of beginning of fiscal year	11	
 	6	
 	17	
 	
Opened during fiscal year	1	
 	4	
 	5	
 	
Closed during fiscal year	—	
 	(1	)	(1	)	
Open as of end of fiscal year	12	
 	9	
 	21	
 	
We do not currently have plans to open any new Ben Sherman retail stores or outlets in Fiscal 2015. The operation of our retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations as well as greater ongoing operating costs. Also, we incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store.
Another component of our direct to consumer strategy is operating certain concession arrangements, whereby we operate Ben Sherman shops within department or other stores. The inventory at these locations is owned by us until sold to the consumer, at which time we recognize the full retail sales price. In these arrangements, a Ben Sherman employee is responsible for the area, and we pay a commission to the department store to cover occupancy and certain other costs associated with using the space. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 12 concession locations in the United Kingdom.
In addition to our retail store operations, we operate various Ben Sherman websites which provide consumers the opportunity to purchase Ben Sherman products directly on-line. Net sales of Ben Sherman's e-commerce operations were 5% of net sales for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2014.
Licensing/Distributor Operations
We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben Sherman's core product categories, including footwear and kids apparel. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben Sherman brand products.
Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.
Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product categories:

20

 	
 	 	
Footwear	Kid's apparel	
Men's watches and jewelry	Men's tailored clothes and dress shirts	
Men's hats, caps, scarves and gloves	Men's neckwear and pocket squares	
Men's fragrances and toiletries	Men's and boys' underwear, socks and sleepwear	
Men's gift products	 	
In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which give these third parties the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the world. The products sold by our licensees/distributors generally are identical to the products sold by us. In many markets, our licensees/distributors are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of January 31, 2015, our licensees/distributors operated 16 Ben Sherman retail stores located in Australia, South Africa, Malaysia, Canada and Russia, as well as four stores in Singapore and the Philippines, which are anticipated to close in Fiscal 2015.
Seasonal Aspects of Business
Ben Sherman's net sales are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The sales of Ben Sherman generally align with a typical wholesale and retail apparel company whereby the fall and holiday seasons are generally stronger quarters than the first half of the fiscal year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales for Ben Sherman by quarter for Fiscal 2014:

 	First Quarter	Second Quarter	Third Quarter	Fourth Quarter	
Net sales	19	%	24	%	24	%	33	%	
Operating Loss	43	%	29	%	20	%	8	%	
As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating loss for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating loss for Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
The timing of Ben Sherman's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations for Ben Sherman products in our principal markets is generally higher in the fall and holiday seasons and lower in the spring and summer seasons. Wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for Fiscal 2014, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales in future periods:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Full Year	
Wholesale	58	%	49	%	59	%	55	%	55	%	
Direct to Consumer	42	%	51	%	41	%	45	%	45	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.
The Oxford Golf® brand is designed to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for high quality and classic styling. In addition to apparel bearing the Oxford Golf trademark, Oxford Golf also sources some private label products for certain small apparel companies. Our Oxford Golf products are primarily acquired on a package purchase, finished goods basis from third party producers outside of the United States. Oxford Golf seeks to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and at-once ordering. Oxford Golf employs a sales force consisting primarily of

21

commissioned sales agents. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center receives finished goods from suppliers, inspects those products and ships the products to customers of our Oxford Golf business and to customers and retail stores of our Ben Sherman United States business while also performing certain warehouse and distribution services for third parties.
TRADEMARKS
As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We continue to evaluate our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
PRODUCT SOURCING
We intend to maintain flexible, diversified, cost-effective sourcing operations that provide high-quality branded products. Our operating groups, either internally or through the use of third-party buying agents, source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third-party producers located in foreign countries or from our licensees for licensed products sold in our direct to consumer distribution channels. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. During Fiscal 2014, we sourced approximately 60% of our products from producers located in China and 12% of our products from producers in Vietnam, with less than 10% of our products sourced from each other single country. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers and have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria while also utilizing the expertise of the manufacturers. During Fiscal 2014, no individual third-party manufacturer supplied more than 10% of our product purchases.
We purchase substantially all of our products from third-party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with our oversight and to our design and fabric specifications. We depend upon the ability of third-party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials specified by us, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity rather than us providing or financing the costs of these items. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third-party producers. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Clothes operates our only owned manufacturing facility, which is located in Merida, Mexico and produced 13% of our Lanier Clothes products during Fiscal 2014.
As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers' stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customer. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to and purchased by us prior to the receipt of customer orders in some cases, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than we will ultimately desire.
As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful and responsible manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors that we purchase goods from, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business ethics, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors' compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through audits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. This assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we will discontinue use of the vendor.
IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

22

We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations. Almost all of our merchandise is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During Fiscal 2014, we sourced approximately 60% of our products from producers located in China. Our imported products are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products.
Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product and represent a material portion of the cost of the goods we sell. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment and its fiber content and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization's member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and European countries into which we import our products are still allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.
In addition, apparel and other products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations.
Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business in desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products.
Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES
We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are important components of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses, particularly in the ever changing consumer shopping environment. Our management information systems are designed to provide effective retail store, e-commerce and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, accounting and other functions. We use point-of-sale registers that capture sales data, track inventories and monitor traffic and other information in our retail stores. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our management information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is important to our operations and financial condition.
SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details of the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, see the business discussion of each operating group above. The following table presents our percentage of net sales and operating income by quarter for Fiscal 2014:

 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	
Net sales	26	%	25	%	22	%	27	%	
Operating income	34	%	32	%	3	%	31	%	
We anticipate that as our retail store operations increase in the future, the third quarter will continue to be our smallest net sales and operating income quarter and the percentage of the full year net sales and operating income generated in the third quarter will continue to decrease, absent any other factors that might impact seasonality. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, weather or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.
ORDER BACKLOG

23

As 61% of our sales are direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog, and the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understanding of our business taken as a whole. Further, as our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.
EMPLOYEES
As of January 31, 2015, we employed approximately 5,400 persons, of whom approximately 80% were employed in the United States. Approximately 69% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.
INFORMATION
Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our Internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. We operate in a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our business.
We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names and our ability to offer innovative and market appropriate products that respond to rapidly changing fashion trends; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands, to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products and/or to appropriately respond to competitive factors within our industry could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.
We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.
The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others who have an interest in the brands, including by failing to respond to emerging fashion trends, by selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands, by becoming overly promotional or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. We are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles that interface with our consumers on a regular basis. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.
During Fiscal 2014, Tommy Bahama’s net sales represented 63% of our consolidated net sales, while Lilly Pulitzer’s and Ben Sherman’s net sales represented 17% and 8%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The limited diversification in our portfolio may heighten the risks we face if one of our brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by any actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry.
Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands, particularly for our lifestyle branded Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our

24

products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumer preferences and changes in consumer demographics. The introduction or repositioning of product lines and categories and the entry of our products into new geographic territories often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if these initiatives are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could result in weakened financial performance and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our brands.
The highly competitive apparel industry, characterized by low entry barriers, includes numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom may also be our customers and some of whom are significantly larger, more diversified and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Certain of our competitors offer apparel for sale at lower initial price points than our products and/or at significant discounts, particularly in response to weak economic conditions, which has resulted, and may continue to result, in significant pricing pressure within the apparel industry. This has been exacerbated by structural headwinds in the specialty retail sector, where the growth of fast fashion and value fashion retailers and expansion of off-price retailers has shifted consumer expectations to lower priced products from traditional, well-known brands. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.
We also license certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, to third party licensees. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with third parties covering product design, product quality, sourcing, distribution, manufacturing and marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products, by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.
In addition, the reputation of our brands could be harmed if our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards, including the terms of our applicable codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. We cannot assure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct or local laws relating to labor conditions by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affect our business operations.
The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic conditions, and a deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or consumer purchases of discretionary products may adversely affect our business and financial condition, including as a result of adverse business conditions for third parties with whom we do business.
The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Demand for our products may be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending, which may be influenced by employment levels, recessions, fuel and energy costs, availability of personal credit, interest rates, tax rates and changes in tax laws, declining purchasing power due to foreign currency fluctuations, personal debt levels, housing prices, stock market volatility, general political conditions and other factors. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. Any deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or discretionary consumer spending, which has been negatively impacted in the past few years, could reduce our sales and/or adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Additionally, significant changes in the operations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.
In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interact with their consumers and facilitate transactions, and our ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.
Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through brick and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and regularly communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow

25

our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper consumer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source sufficient levels of inventory, hire and train qualified associates, anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences and maintain brand specific websites and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect.
In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, mobile phones, tablets and other devices facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory management systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more effective use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional brick and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and brick and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing strategies for online and traditional brick and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.
The continuing shift in the manner in which consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure in order to remain competitive (including investments to maintain modern technology and functionality similar to that provided by our competitors and expected by our customers); reliance on outdated technology that is not as appealing or functionally effective as those of our competitors; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our brick and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message and pricing strategy; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for our online content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.
There are risks associated with the announcement of our pursuit of strategic alternatives to sell our Ben Sherman operations, which could adversely affect our ongoing operations, divert management’s attention and negatively impact our results of operations.
On March 26, 2015, we announced that we are pursuing a sale of our Ben Sherman business. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during this process. However, the announcement could impact confidence about the long-term implications for the brand among our customers and other third party distribution partners and others and could negatively impact sales and operating results. There can be no assurance that we will enter into a transaction in the future or as to the timing of such a transaction, nor can we be certain as to the terms or structure of such a transaction, including the potential for recognizing a loss on such a divestiture transaction or the magnitude of such a loss. The announcement may subject us, in particular Ben Sherman, to substantial risks and uncertainties that may result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to identify and consummate a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders; reaction by, and the impact on relationships with, current and prospective customers and third party licensees, international distributors and vendors pending a decision on a transaction; potential disruption to Ben Sherman’s operations and management that could occur leading up to and after a transaction is chosen; diversion of senior management’s attention towards executing our strategy to exit the Ben Sherman business; and the loss of key personnel at Ben Sherman pending a decision on a transaction.
Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2014, 41% of our consolidated wholesale sales were to our five largest customers. Over the last several years, there has been a trend towards greater consolidation in the retail industry, centralized purchasing decisions within consolidated customer groups, significant levels of store closures by large retailers, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers and direct sourcing of products by large retailers. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products,

26

restructuring of our customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, continued store closures by major department stores, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, as a result of further consolidation in the retail industry or otherwise, could result in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, whether for brand protection or enhancement or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reduce our operating costs or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.
In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or incur losses in order to dispose excess inventories.
We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At January 31, 2015, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $26 million, or 32% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer.
We rely to a large extent on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producers to meet our requirements, the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, disrupt our supply chain or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.
We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 60% of our product purchases from China during Fiscal 2014. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend on the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.
In addition, due to our sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We may not be able to offset any disruption to our supply chain as a result of any of these factors by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us.
Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior

27

management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries, with our Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, if we lose any key executives, our business and financial performance could be harmed.
In addition, we need to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within our organization. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could negatively affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.
Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.
As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information, including of our customers, employees and suppliers and including credit card information. The routine operation of our business involves the storage and transmission of customer personal information, preferences and credit card information, and we use social media and other online activities to connect with our customers. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern.
Cybersecurity attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or disrupt our systems. Consumer awareness and sensitivity to privacy breaches and cybersecurity threats has also heightened recently. Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged. The costs to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or to resolve any litigation, and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants could be significant and result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales.
In addition, privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the payment card industry, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or similar security standards, could lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity.
Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, in particular at one of our principal distribution facilities, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, and meet the needs of our management.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Additionally, each of our operating groups utilizes e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites.
We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including an ongoing transition towards more integrated systems for our businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.
We may additionally have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama

28

products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia for our Lanier Clothes products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United States and for our Oxford Golf products. In addition, in the United Kingdom, we utilize a third party distribution center that manages substantially all of the distribution activities for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subject to a number of risks. Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these brand-focused distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods for one of our operating groups.
If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.
We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. In Fiscal 2014, 90% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.
From time to time, we discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products or that otherwise infringe on our proprietary rights. These activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, especially in markets outside the United States. Counterfeiting of our brands could divert away sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.
Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our distribution and marketing, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.
Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.
In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and similar operational issues. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will be in the future compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import

29

products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity.
We rely on our product design teams and our vendors to ensure that our products comply with regulatory requirements. If our products fail to comply with applicable regulations and standards, regardless of our culpability, or there are customer concerns about such issues, our reputation may be damaged, we may incur lost sales and/or we may need to recall products.
In addition, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.
Regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. For example, the negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.
Additionally, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Compliance with these regulations requires us to devote time and management resources to institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we operate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.
Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.
As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including among others a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.
Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.
We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. In recent years, we have from time to time seen increases in the costs of certain raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of rising demand from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices.
In addition, in recent years, we have seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly with the growth of the middle class in certain countries, as well as in freight costs. In China, for example, apparel manufacturers have been experiencing increased costs due to labor shortages and the fluctuation of the Chinese Yuan in relation to the U.S. dollar, and these increased costs are often passed on to us.
We believe that these cost pressures may not be alleviated in the near future and could further increase. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers.

30

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
One component of our business strategy is to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups. Successful growth of our business is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses at satisfactory levels and to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future, particularly in the current acquisition climate where desirable acquisition candidates are garnering higher acquisition multiples than in prior years; there are multiple competitive bidders; there are competing bidders who may have more financial resources than us; and the competitive acquisition climate is further enhanced by the relatively low cost of available capital. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth and/or growth through acquisitions, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants and/or office locations.
An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 47% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2014, and we expect to increase the number of our retail stores during Fiscal 2015 and in future years. Many of our retail stores and restaurants are located in shopping malls and lifestyle centers that benefit from the ability of “anchor” retail tenants, generally large department stores, and other area attractions and businesses, to generate sufficient levels of consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and restaurants.
We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations, the overall ability of the location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel, and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. We compete with others for these favorable store locations, lease terms and desired personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, any decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, whether because of general economic conditions, changes in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants, or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.
    Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.
In addition, our retail store and restaurant leases generally grant the third party landlord with discretion on a number of operational matters, such as store hours and construction of our improvements. Continued consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries, which has been prevalent in recent years, may further reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.
During Fiscal 2015, we expect to relocate the current Tommy Bahama sales and administration offices to another location within Seattle, Washington. The process of relocating our Tommy Bahama sales and administration offices is inherently complex, as it includes among other things consolidation of Tommy Bahama’s Women’s Design team from Pasadena, California into our other Seattle, Washington design functions and the transfer of our primary information technology systems to a third party co-located facility, and could cause significant disruption to our operations and cause the temporary diversion of management resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

31

In recent years, we have expanded our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations into international markets, and we anticipate continuing to expand our Tommy Bahama international operations in the future; these efforts may not be successful.
During the past three fiscal years, we have expanded our Tommy Bahama retail operations into international markets, specifically in the Asia-Pacific region and in Canada. We continue to look for additional, brand-appropriate locations for retail stores in these markets, with particular focus on Australia, Japan and Canada in the near term. The continued development of our Tommy Bahama international infrastructure and related store openings has had, and will continue to have, a negative impact on our operating results until we are able to adequately scale our infrastructure costs and generate sufficient sales in those operations to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs.
We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international retail store operations in the Asia-Pacific region, and expanding our operations into these territories requires significant capital investment and long-term commitments, and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; local regulations relating to employment and retail and restaurant operations; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international expansion efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could continue to be negatively impacted.
In addition, as we continue to expand our international Tommy Bahama operations, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries into which we enter. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.
In the future, we may elect to operate in certain international markets through joint ventures with third parties or distribution partners. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the operational skill and expertise of a local joint venture partner, the ability of the joint venture to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets, and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to a joint venture partner, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.
Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.
Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores (52 out of 133 domestic stores in these states as of January 31, 2015), Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores (nine out of 28 stores as of January 31, 2015), and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores (11 out of 21 stores as of January 31, 2015). Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.
Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.
We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.
Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. The substantial majority of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries is denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for

32

products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.
We received U.S. dollars for approximately 90% of our product sales during Fiscal 2014. As we focus on increasing our Tommy Bahama operations in foreign markets and continue to source our growing sales production from foreign manufacturers, we will have greater exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases costs, and the products are sold in another currency, but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.
Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.
We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. For example, a severe and prolonged disruption to ocean freight transportation, such as the disruption to West Coast port operations which began in 2014 continued into 2015 due to a port workers’ union dispute, could force us to re-route our merchandise through alternate and more expensive transportation systems, such as air freight. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.
The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.
From time to time, we acquire new businesses or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. For example during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, we acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, respectively, from our former licensees. As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.
We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers and Geoffrey Beene, to market some of our products. During Fiscal 2014, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 6% of our consolidated net sales and 54% of our Lanier Clothes net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements

33

often include options that we may exercise to extend the term of the contract but, when available, those option rights are subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability, or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other desirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license and in certain cases could result in an impairment charge for related intangible assets.
Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.
In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.
We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.
Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs. As of January 31, 2015, we had $104.8 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $4.1 million in borrowings outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.
Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, including the amount we may generally invest in, or use to support, our foreign operations, sell assets, make acquisitions, merge with other companies, or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.
In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. An increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.
The continued growth of our business, including the completion of potentially desirable acquisitions, also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We typically rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of January 31, 2015, we had $125.8 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our operations and existing credit facilities, we may need to seek additional funding, whether through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.
Our operations may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

34

Our sales volume and operations may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business could be impacted as a result of actions by activist shareholders or others.
We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming, may not align with our business strategies and could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of shareholder activism may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or other instability and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners and may affect our relationships with vendors, customers and other third parties.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.    Properties
We lease and own space for our retail stores, distribution centers, sales/administration office space and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations.
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for retail space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, plus a contingent rent based on a percentage of the store's net sales in excess of a specific threshold. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Periodically, we assess the operating results of each of our retail stores and restaurants to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain stores that do not continue to meet our investment criteria, not renew certain leases, exercise an early termination option, or otherwise negotiate an early termination. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our retail leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. We also believe that there are sufficient retail spaces available for the continued expansion of our retail store footprint in the near future.
As of January 31, 2015, our retail and restaurant operations utilized approximately 0.9 million square feet of leased space in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Asia and continental Europe. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman retail stores are operated by the respective management of each operating group, and greater detail about the retail space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.
As of January 31, 2015, we also utilized approximately 1.1 million square feet of owned or leased distribution and manufacturing facilities in the United States and Mexico and approximately 0.4 million square feet of leased and owned administrative and sales space in various locations, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong, Germany and China. In addition to our owned distribution facilities, we may utilize certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our retail, wholesale and e-commerce operations. Details of the principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

35

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Location	Primary Use	Operating Group	Square
Footage	Lease
Expiration	
Seattle, Washington	Sales/administration	Tommy Bahama	80,000	
 	2015 (1)	
Auburn, Washington	Distribution center	Tommy Bahama	270,000	
 	2025	
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania	Sales/administration	Lilly Pulitzer	40,000	
 	Owned	
King of Prussia, Pennsylvania	Distribution center	Lilly Pulitzer	65,000	
 	Owned	
Toccoa, Georgia	Distribution center	Lanier Clothes	310,000	
 	Owned	
Merida, Mexico	Manufacturing plant	Lanier Clothes	80,000	
 	Owned	
London, England	Sales/administration	Ben Sherman	20,000	
 	2024	
Lurgan, Northern Ireland	Sales/administration	Ben Sherman	10,000	
 	Owned	
Atlanta, Georgia	Sales/administration	Corporate and Other and Lanier Clothes	30,000	
 	2023	
Lyons, Georgia	Sales/administration	Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman	90,000	
 	Owned	
Lyons, Georgia	Distribution center	Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman	330,000	
 	Owned	
New York, New York	Sales/administration	Various	35,000	
 	Various	
Hong Kong	Sales/administration	Various	20,000	
 	Various	

(1) As of January 31, 2015, we have entered into a ten year lease for approximately 110,000 square feet in Seattle, Washington for our Tommy Bahama operations to replace the current Tommy Bahama sales and administration office located in Seattle, Washington.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to litigation or regulatory actions, or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities, that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

36

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market and Dividend Information
Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 18, 2015, there were 300 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our Board of Directors for each quarter.

 	High	Low	Close	Dividends	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	82.84	
 	$	64.17	
 	$	65.74	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Second Quarter	$	72.63	
 	$	58.53	
 	$	59.39	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Third Quarter	$	66.18	
 	$	58.11	
 	$	61.25	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	67.13	
 	$	50.13	
 	$	55.94	
 	$	0.21	
 	
Fiscal 2013	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	$	60.71	
 	$	42.19	
 	$	60.61	
 	$	0.18	
 	
Second Quarter	$	69.09	
 	$	57.86	
 	$	68.20	
 	$	0.18	
 	
Third Quarter	$	72.25	
 	$	61.10	
 	$	69.84	
 	$	0.18	
 	
Fourth Quarter	$	82.16	
 	$	69.62	
 	$	75.47	
 	$	0.18	
 	
We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960; however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.
For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2014.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of previously restricted shares. We did not repurchase any of our common shares pursuant to these plans during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014.
In Fiscal 2012, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our common stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our common stock and has no automatic expiration. As of January 31, 2015, no shares of our common stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item 5 of Part II will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.

37

Stock Price Performance Graph
The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, beginning January 30, 2010 and ending January 31, 2015, of:
 	 	
•	The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and	

•	The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	INDEXED RETURNS	
 	Base	Years Ending	
 	Period	 	 	 	 	 	
Company / Index	1/30/2010	1/29/2011	
 	1/28/2012	
 	2/2/2013	
 	2/1/2014	
 	1/31/2015	
 	
Oxford Industries, Inc.	100	136.27	
 	285.19	
 	290.97	
 	447.45	
 	336.24	
 	
S&P SmallCap 600 Index	100	130.07	
 	141.69	
 	164.39	
 	208.83	
 	221.68	
 	
S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods	100	137.40	
 	196.20	
 	182.34	
 	211.61	
 	219.39	

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the results of operations for Lilly Pulitzer subsequent to its acquisition date of December 21, 2010 and (2) the divestiture of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operations in Fiscal 2010, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in this report reflect continuing operations and do not include any amounts related to the discontinued operations.

38

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	
 	Fiscal 2013	
 	Fiscal 2012	
 	Fiscal 2011	
 	Fiscal 2010	
 	
 	(In millions, except per share amounts)	
Net sales	$	997.8	
 	$	917.1	
 	$	855.5	
 	$	758.9	
 	$	603.9	
 	
Cost of goods sold	443.1	
 	403.5	
 	386.0	
 	345.9	
 	276.5	
 	
Gross profit	554.7	
 	513.6	
 	469.5	
 	413.0	
 	327.4	
 	
SG&A	488.9	
 	447.6	
 	410.7	
 	358.6	
 	302.0	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	0.3	
 	0.3	
 	6.3	
 	2.4	
 	0.2	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	18.1	
 	19.0	
 	16.4	
 	16.8	
 	15.4	
 	
Operating income	83.6	
 	84.7	
 	69.0	
 	68.8	
 	40.7	
 	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	
 	(9.1	)	(9.0	)	—	
 	
Interest expense, net	3.5	
 	4.2	
 	8.9	
 	16.3	
 	19.9	
 	
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes	80.1	
 	80.5	
 	50.9	
 	43.5	
 	20.8	
 	
Income taxes	34.4	
 	35.2	
 	19.6	
 	14.3	
 	4.5	
 	
Earnings from continuing operations	45.8	
 	45.3	
 	31.3	
 	29.2	
 	16.2	
 	
Earnings, including gain on sale in Fiscal 2010, from discontinued operations, net of taxes	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	0.1	
 	62.4	
 	
Net earnings	$	45.8	
 	$	45.3	
 	$	31.3	
 	$	29.4	
 	$	78.7	
 	
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	
 	$	1.77	
 	$	0.98	
 	
Diluted earnings, including gain on sale in Fiscal 2010, from discontinued operations per share, including the gain on sale	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	0.01	
 	$	3.77	
 	
Diluted net earnings per share	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	
 	$	1.78	
 	$	4.75	
 	
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	16.5	
 	16.5	
 	16.6	
 	16.5	
 	16.6	
 	
Dividends declared and paid	$	13.9	
 	$	11.9	
 	$	9.9	
 	$	8.6	
 	$	7.3	
 	
Dividends declared and paid per share	$	0.84	
 	$	0.72	
 	$	0.60	
 	$	0.52	
 	$	0.44	
 	
Total assets, at period-end	$	645.1	
 	$	627.3	
 	$	556.1	
 	$	509.2	
 	$	558.5	
 	
Long-term debt at period-end	$	104.8	
 	$	137.6	
 	$	108.6	
 	$	103.4	
 	$	147.1	
 	
Shareholders' equity, at period-end	$	290.6	
 	$	260.2	
 	$	229.8	
 	$	204.1	
 	$	180.0	
 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	95.4	
 	$	52.7	
 	$	67.1	
 	$	44.2	
 	$	35.7	
 	
Capital expenditures	$	50.4	
 	$	43.4	
 	$	60.7	
 	$	35.3	
 	$	13.3	
 	
Depreciation and amortization included in earnings from continuing operations	$	37.6	
 	$	33.9	
 	$	26.3	
 	$	27.2	
 	$	19.2	
 	
Stock compensation expense included in earnings from continuing operations	$	4.1	
 	$	1.7	
 	$	2.8	
 	$	2.2	
 	$	4.5	
 	
LIFO accounting charges included in earnings from continuing operations	$	2.1	
 	$	—	
 	$	4.0	
 	$	5.8	
 	$	3.8	
 	
Book value per share at period-end	$	17.64	
 	$	15.85	
 	$	13.85	
 	$	12.35	
 	$	10.90	
 	
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.
OVERVIEW

We generate revenues and cash flow primarily through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel

39

products. We distribute our products through our direct to consumer distribution channels, including our retail stores, e-commerce sites and restaurants, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, mass merchants and Internet retailers. In Fiscal 2014, more than 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the sales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and continental Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region. We source substantially all of our products through third party manufacturers located outside of the United States.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with consumers can command greater customer loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for full-price direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model.

We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in design and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete with us by offering certain of its own or other competitor's products in its retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than these conditions have on other industries.

We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that have prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, the apparel retail environment remains increasingly promotional and economic uncertainty remains. We anticipate that sales of our products may continue to be impacted negatively as long as the retail apparel environment remains promotional and there is an elevated level of economic uncertainty in the geographies in which we operate. Additionally, we have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products, most of which appear to be permanent cost increases.

We believe that our Tommy Bahama® and Lilly Pulitzer® lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and increase comparable store sales, and higher sales in our e-commerce operations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable brick and mortar retail store sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We believe that we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store build-out and remodels, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives, as well as increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to support the ongoing business operations and fuel future net sales growth. We expect that the investments may continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.

We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, which we believe will negatively impact net sales, operating income and operating margin, particularly in the near term. On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of shareholders.

40

We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and liquidity. We believe that positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us with sufficient resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.
The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results (in thousands, except per share amounts) for Fiscal 2014 compared to Fiscal 2013 :

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net sales	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	
Operating income	$	83,603	
 	$	84,670	
 	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	
Net earnings per diluted share	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	

The primary reasons for the higher net earnings in Fiscal 2014 were:
 	 	
•	Higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer resulting from higher net sales and gross margins partially offset by higher SG&A associated with expanding operations;	
 	 	
•	Improved operating results in Ben Sherman primarily due to increased net sales partially offset by lower gross margin and lower royalty income;	
 	 	
•	Lower income taxes primarily reflecting a lower effective tax rate; and	
 	 	
•	Lower interest expense.	

These favorable items were partially offset by:
 	 	
•	A larger operating loss in Corporate and Other reflecting higher incentive compensation, an unfavorable LIFO accounting charge and lower Oxford Golf sales in Fiscal 2014, while Fiscal 2013 included a gain on the sale of a property and the benefit of certain favorable changes in accruals; and	
 	 	
•	Lower operating income in Tommy Bahama reflecting lower gross margin and higher SG&A associated with the expanding operations, partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income.	

OPERATING GROUPS
Our business primarily operates through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations. For a description of each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.

COMPARABLE STORE SALES
We often disclose comparable store sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable store sales include net sales from full-price stores and our e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that the inclusion of both our full-price stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable store sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable store sales results, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives for the direct to consumer channel. For our comparable store sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occur at lower gross margins than our full-price direct to consumer sales, and (2) restaurant sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Comparable store sales information reflects net sales, including shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.
 
For purposes of our disclosures, we consider a comparable store to be, in addition to our e-commerce sites, a physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during the

41

relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to, have, (1) a remodel resulting in the store being closed for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion or reduction, (3) a relocation to a new space that was significantly different from the prior retail space, or (4) a closing or opening of a Tommy Bahama restaurant adjacent to the retail store. For those stores which are excluded from comparable stores based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable store sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation or restaurant closing or opening. Generally, a store that is remodeled will continue to be included in our comparable store metrics as a store is not typically closed for a two week period during a remodel. However, a store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable store metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year as the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Additionally, any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we plan to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, are excluded from the definition of comparable stores.
 
Definitions and calculations of comparable store sales differ among retail companies, and therefore comparable store metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding.

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Net sales	$	997,806	
 	100.0	%	$	917,097	
 	100.0	%	$	855,542	
 	100.0	%	
Cost of goods sold	443,127	
 	44.4	%	403,523	
 	44.0	%	385,985	
 	45.1	%	
Gross profit	554,679	
 	55.6	%	513,574	
 	56.0	%	469,557	
 	54.9	%	
SG&A	488,924	
 	49.0	%	447,645	
 	48.8	%	410,737	
 	48.0	%	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	275	
 	—	%	275	
 	—	%	6,285	
 	0.7	%	
Royalties and other operating income	18,123	
 	1.8	%	19,016	
 	2.1	%	16,436	
 	1.9	%	
Operating income	83,603	
 	8.4	%	84,670	
 	9.2	%	68,971	
 	8.1	%	
Interest expense, net	3,483	
 	0.3	%	4,169	
 	0.5	%	8,939	
 	1.0	%	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	%	—	
 	—	%	9,143	
 	1.1	%	
Earnings before income taxes	80,120	
 	8.0	%	80,501	
 	8.8	%	50,889	
 	5.9	%	
Income taxes	34,362	
 	3.4	%	35,210	
 	3.8	%	19,572	
 	2.3	%	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	4.6	%	$	45,291	
 	4.9	%	$	31,317	
 	3.7	%	
FISCAL 2014 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2013 
The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 2014 to Fiscal 2013, each of which included 52 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
 
Net Sales

42

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	$	42,557	
 	7.3	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	167,736	
 	137,943	
 	29,793	
 	21.6	 %	
Lanier Clothes	112,934	
 	109,530	
 	3,404	
 	3.1	 %	
Ben Sherman	77,481	
 	67,218	
 	10,263	
 	15.3	 %	
Corporate and Other	12,157	
 	17,465	
 	(5,308	)	(30.4	)%	
Total	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	$	80,709	
 	8.8	 %	
 
Consolidated net sales increased 8.8% reflecting the net sales increases in all operating groups partially offset by lower sales in Corporate and Other, each as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesale sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2014 as presented below:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full price retail stores and outlets	40	%	40	%	
E-commerce	14	%	12	%	
Restaurant	7	%	7	%	
Wholesale	39	%	41	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
 
Tommy Bahama:
 
The Tommy Bahama net sales increase of 7.3% was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $21.8 million associated with the operation of additional retail stores, including the Canadian retail stores acquired in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, (2) a $9.9 million, or 4%, increase in comparable store sales, which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales, to $288.6 million in Fiscal 2014 from $278.7 million in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.4 million increase in wholesale sales reflecting higher levels of off-price wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014 and the inclusion of the wholesale sales of Tommy Bahama Canada for the full year in Fiscal 2014, (4) $4.6 million of additional e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting in $8.1 million for the fiscal year, and (5) a $3.4 million increase in restaurant sales primarily resulting from higher sales in existing restaurants. These increases in net sales were partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in net sales in outlet stores which were operated during all of Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014.

As of January 31, 2015, we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama stores consisting of 91 full-price retail stores, 14 restaurant-retail locations and 36 outlet stores. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full price retail stores and outlets	50	%	51	%	
E-commerce	14	%	13	%	
Restaurant	10	%	10	%	
Wholesale	26	%	26	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of 21.6% reflects an increase in each channel of distribution including (1) an $11.1 million, or 19%, increase in comparable store sales, to $70.1 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $59.0 million in Fiscal 2013, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $8.9 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2014, (3) an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $5.2 million to $16.7 million and (4) a $4.5 million increase in wholesale sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 28 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores compared to 23 retail stores as of February 1, 2014. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

43

 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Full price retail stores	34	%	32	%	
E-commerce	28	%	25	%	
Wholesale	38	%	43	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Lanier Clothes:
 
The Lanier Clothes net sales increase of 3.1% was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in net sales in the private label business, with branded sales generally being comparable between Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013. The increase in the private label business was driven by an increase in the pants program for a warehouse club customer, which began in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2013 and more than offset decreases in other private label programs. The decreases in the other private label programs was primarily due to lower volume and the exit from some seasonal and replenishment programs.

Ben Sherman:
 
The Ben Sherman net sales increase of 15.3% primarily resulted from (1) an increase in wholesale sales of $4.2 million, substantially all of which is related to increased off-price sales associated with the liquidation of certain aged inventory, (2) a $3.1 million increase in retail store sales reflecting comparable store sales increases and the net impact of store openings and closures since the start of Fiscal 2013, (3) $2.2 million of higher sales resulting from the translation impact of a change in the average exchange rate between the British pound sterling and the United States dollar reflecting a 4% stronger pound sterling in Fiscal 2014 and (4) an $0.8 million increase in e-commerce sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 21 Ben Sherman retail stores, consisting of 12 full-price retail stores and nine outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014 we operated 17 Ben Sherman retail stores, consisting of 11 full-price stores and six outlets. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Direct to Consumer	45	%	46	%	
Wholesale	55	%	54	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	

Corporate and Other:
 
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center as well as the impact of the elimination of inter-company sales between our operating groups. The decrease in sales of 30.4% was primarily due to (1) a reduction in Oxford Golf's private label sales, (2) a significant initial shipment of an Oxford Golf branded program in Fiscal 2013 that did not anniversary in Fiscal 2014 and (3) a larger unfavorable impact of the elimination of inter-company sales of Lanier Clothes to Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2014.
 
Gross Profit
 
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

44

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	377,415	
 	$	358,930	
 	$	18,485	
 	5.2	%	
Lilly Pulitzer	106,317	
 	84,845	
 	21,472	
 	25.3	%	
Lanier Clothes	30,704	
 	30,552	
 	152	
 	0.5	%	
Ben Sherman	36,730	
 	32,094	
 	4,636	
 	14.4	%	
Corporate and Other	3,513	
 	7,153	
 	(3,640	)	NM	
 	
Total gross profit	$	554,679	
 	$	513,574	
 	$	41,105	
 	8.0	%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	 	
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	

The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of higher net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group was impacted by changes in sales mix and gross margin within each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Tommy Bahama	60.1	%	61.4	%	
Lilly Pulitzer	63.4	%	61.5	%	
Lanier Clothes	27.2	%	27.9	%	
Ben Sherman	47.4	%	47.7	%	
Corporate and Other	NM	
 	NM	
 	
Consolidated gross margin	55.6	%	56.0	%	
 
On a consolidated basis, gross margin decreased primarily as a result of lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama and Lanier Clothes as well as the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) the favorable impact of a greater proportion of net sales being from our direct to consumer channels of distribution and (3) Fiscal 2013 including a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition with no inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2014. We do not anticipate any future charges for inventory step-up beyond Fiscal 2013 related to this acquisition.

Tommy Bahama:

The lower gross margin at Tommy Bahama primarily reflected a change in sales mix with outlet stores, e-commerce flash clearance sales and off-price wholesale sales representing a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama's net sales and lower gross margins in our outlet store, e-commerce flash clearance and wholesale sales. The lower gross margins in our outlet stores resulted from more in-outlet store discounts in order to move excess spring inventory and drive traffic. The decrease in wholesale gross margins primarily resulted from more significant discounts on certain wholesale sales as well as a larger amount of off-price wholesale sales. Fiscal 2013 included a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The higher gross margin in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix toward the direct to consumer channel of distribution, which typically has higher gross margins than the wholesale channel of distribution, and (2) higher gross margins in both the direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution. The higher gross margins in the direct to consumer business reflects less promotional activity. These favorable items were partially offset by the gross margin impact of the increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2014.
 
Lanier Clothes:

The lower gross margin for Lanier Clothes was primarily due to a change in sales mix with private label programs representing a greater proportion of net sales of Lanier Clothes. Private label programs, including a warehouse club pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product programs.

45

Ben Sherman:

The lower gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects a higher proportion off-price sales which generally have lower gross margins, and more significant inventory markdowns.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, (2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of inter-company sales between our operating groups. The lower gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the impact of the lower sales as well as the the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013.
 
SG&A

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
SG&A	488,924	
 	447,645	
 	$	41,279	
 	9.2	%	
SG&A (as a % of net sales)	49.0	%	48.8	%	 	

Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	

The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, including increased employment expense, infrastructure costs and advertising expense, (2) $13.7 million of incremental costs associated with additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer stores, (3) $7.5 million of increased incentive compensation, primarily reflecting increases in Lilly Pulitzer, Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama, (4) $2.4 million of additional equity-based compensation primarily resulting from equity awards granted in Fiscal 2014 and (5) a $1.8 million unfavorable SG&A impact resulting from currency translation at Ben Sherman as a result of the stronger pound sterling.

SG&A included $2.5 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2014 compared to $2.2 million in Fiscal 2013, with the increase primarily due to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets for Fiscal 2015 will be approximately $2.1 million, with approximately $1.6 million of the amortization related to amortization of the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	
 	$	—	
 	—	%	
 
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, whereby we would be obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability at each balance sheet date. Generally, such a liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of operations during that period. Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts being earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or income in our consolidated statement of operations at that time. Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration reflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations.
The charge in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 for change in fair value of contingent consideration primarily reflects the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments as there were not any significant changes related to our assumptions related to the fair value of the contingent consideration during either year. As the amount recognized in our January 31, 2015 consolidated balance sheet reflects the full amount to be paid for the contingent consideration, we do not anticipate any additional charges for change in fair value of contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition in future periods.
Royalties and other operating income

46

 

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Royalties and other operating income	$	18,123	
 	$	19,016	
 	$	(893	)	(4.7	)%	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

Royalties and other operating income primarily reflects income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The decrease in royalties and other income was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on sale of real estate and (2) lower royalty income in Ben Sherman. These unfavorable items were partially offset by higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	$	(1,075	)	(1.5	)%	
Lilly Pulitzer	32,190	
 	25,951	
 	6,239	
 	24.0	 %	
Lanier Clothes	10,849	
 	10,828	
 	21	
 	0.2	 %	
Ben Sherman	(10,832	)	(13,131	)	2,299	
 	17.5	 %	
Corporate and Other	(19,736	)	(11,185	)	(8,551	)	(76.5	)%	
Total operating income	$	83,603	
 	$	84,670	
 	$	(1,067	)	(1.3	)%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	

Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	

 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	
 	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $83.6 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $84.7 million in Fiscal 2013. The 1.3% decrease in operating income was primarily due to the lower operating results in Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama partially offset by improved operating results in Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
 
Tommy Bahama:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	$	42,557	
 	7.3	 %	
Gross margin	60.1	%	61.4	%	 	

Operating income	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	$	(1,075	)	(1.5	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	11.3	%	12.3	%	 	

Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	—	
 	$	707	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,764	
 	$	1,377	

The decrease in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to a lower gross margin and higher SG&A partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income. The higher SG&A reflects (1) $9.4 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants, including any set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including infrastructure, employment and advertising costs, (3) $2.3 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, and (4) $0.4 million of additional amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama Canada, which in the aggregate were partially offset by Fiscal 2013 including $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. Fiscal 2014 included an operating loss of $10.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $11.9 million in Fiscal 2013.

47

 
Lilly Pulitzer:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	167,736	
 	$	137,943	
 	$	29,793	
 	21.6	%	
Gross margin	63.4	%	61.5	%	 	

Operating income	$	32,190	
 	$	25,951	
 	$	6,239	
 	24.0	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	19.2	%	18.8	%	 	

Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	275	

 	

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to the favorable impact of higher net sales, higher gross margin and higher royalty and other income. These items were partially offset by increased SG&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) $5.5 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, (2) higher SG&A to support the growing business, reflecting employment and infrastructure costs as well as higher advertising expense, and (3) $4.2 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores.

Lanier Clothes:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	112,934	
 	$	109,530	
 	$	3,404	
 	3.1	%	
Gross margin	27.2	%	27.9	%	 	

Operating income	$	10,849	
 	$	10,828	
 	$	21	
 	0.2	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	9.6	%	9.9	%	 	

 
The comparable operating income reflects the net impact of higher net sales, lower gross margin and comparable SG&A.
 
Ben Sherman:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	77,481	
 	$	67,218	
 	$	10,263	
 	15.3	%	
Gross margin	47.4	 %	47.7	 %	 	

Operating loss	$	(10,832	)	$	(13,131	)	$	2,299	
 	17.5	%	
Operating loss as % of net sales	(14.0	)%	(19.5	)%	 	

 
The improved operating results for Ben Sherman resulted from the increased net sales and comparable SG&A before the impact of currency translation, partially offset by the lower gross margin and lower royalty income. Due to the 4% change in the average exchange rate between the pound sterling and the United States dollar from Fiscal 2013, individual line items within the statement of operations for Ben Sherman were higher than the prior year, even if the amounts in pound sterling may have been comparable between periods. The 4% change in the average exchange rate resulted in a $0.6 million unfavorable foreign currency translation impact on Ben Sherman's operating results between the two periods.
 
Corporate and Other:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	12,157	
 	$	17,465	
 	$	(5,308	)	(30.4	)%	
Operating loss	$	(19,736	)	$	(11,185	)	$	(8,551	)	(76.5	)%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	2,131	
 	$	(27	)	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	—	
 	$	1,611	

 	
 
The lower operating results were primarily due to (1) $2.4 million of higher incentive compensation expense, (2) a $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, (3) lower sales in Oxford

48

Golf, (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, and (5) Fiscal 2013 benefiting from certain favorable changes in accruals.
 
Interest expense, net

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Interest expense, net	$	3,483	
 	$	4,169	
 	$	(686	)	(16.5	)%	
 
Interest expense decreased primarily due to lower borrowing rates and lower average borrowings outstanding in Fiscal 2014. During Fiscal 2014, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Income taxes

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	$ Change	% Change	
Income taxes	$	34,362	
 	$	35,210	
 	$	(848	)	(2.4	)%	
Effective tax rate	42.9	%	43.7	%	 	

 
Income tax expense decreased primarily due to a lower effective tax rate. The high effective tax rates for both periods, as compared to a typical statutory tax rate, reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we are not able to recognize an income tax benefit. The lower effective tax rate in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from lower foreign losses resulting from improved operating results in our international sourcing operations, Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific operations. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2013 benefited from the reduction in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, with no such change occurring in Fiscal 2014. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

We anticipate that our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2015 will be lower than our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2014 primarily as a result of an anticipated decrease in foreign losses, resulting in a higher proportion of domestic income to foreign losses.

Net earnings

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	
Net earnings per diluted share	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted	16,471	
 	16,482	

The primary reasons for the higher net earnings in Fiscal 2014 were:
 	 	
•	Higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer reflecting higher net sales and gross margins partially offset by higher SG&A associated with expanding operations;	
 	 	
•	Improved operating results in Ben Sherman primarily due to increased net sales partially offset by lower gross margin and lower royalty income;	
 	 	
•	Lower income taxes reflecting a lower effective tax rate; and	
 	 	
•	Lower interest expense.	

These favorable items were partially offset by:
 	 	
•	A larger operating loss in Corporate and Other reflecting higher incentive compensation, an unfavorable LIFO accounting charge and lower Oxford Golf sales in Fiscal 2014, while Fiscal 2013 included a gain on the sale of a property and the benefit of certain favorable changes in accruals; and	
 	 	
•	Lower operating income in Tommy Bahama reflecting lower gross margin and higher SG&A associated with the expanding operations, partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income.	

FISCAL 2013 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2012

49

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operations for Fiscal 2013, which included 52 weeks, to Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
 
Net Sales

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	584,941	
 	528,639	
 	56,302	
 	10.7	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	137,943	
 	122,592	
 	15,351	
 	12.5	 %	
Lanier Clothes	109,530	
 	107,272	
 	2,258	
 	2.1	 %	
Ben Sherman	67,218	
 	81,922	
 	(14,704	)	(17.9	)%	
Corporate and Other	17,465	
 	15,117	
 	2,348	
 	15.5	 %	
Total	$	917,097	
 	$	855,542	
 	$	61,555	
 	7.2	 %	
 
Consolidated net sales increased in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 primarily due to the net sales increases at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreased net sales at Ben Sherman, each as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesales sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, as presented below:

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Full price retail stores and outlets	40	%	37	%	
E-commerce	12	%	10	%	
Restaurant	7	%	7	%	
Wholesale	41	%	46	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
 
Tommy Bahama:
 
The Tommy Bahama sales increase of $56.3 million, or 10.7%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $38.0 million associated with North American direct to consumer operations that were not comparable between periods, (2) a $17.5 million, or 7%, increase in comparable store sales to $254.0 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $236.5 million in Fiscal 2012, (3) a net sales increase of $7.7 million attributable to the expansion of our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations in the Asia-Pacific region and (4) a $4.1 million increase in North American restaurant sales. The $38.0 million of sales associated with North American direct to consumer operations which were not comparable between periods include the sales associated with (1) domestic retail and outlet stores opened during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) our Canadian retail store operations which were acquired during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013 and (3) Tommy Bahama's initial e-commerce flash clearance sale, which occurred in January 2014. The increases in sales were partially offset by (1) a $8.5 million net sales decrease in the North American wholesale business, primarily resulting from reductions in orders from certain wholesale customers, and (2) a $2.5 million decrease in sales in outlet stores that were open for all of Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Full price retail stores and outlets	51	%	48	%	
E-commerce	13	%	11	%	
Restaurant	10	%	10	%	
Wholesale	26	%	31	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
As of February 1, 2014, Tommy Bahama operated 141 retail stores compared to 113 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

50

Lilly Pulitzer:
 
The Lilly Pulitzer sales increase of $15.4 million, or 12.5%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $6.7 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) a $4.4 million, or 9%, increase in comparable store sales to $51.7 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $47.4 million in Fiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale sales increase of $2.4 million and (4) $2.1 million of higher e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Full price retail stores	32	%	30	%	
E-commerce	25	%	24	%	
Wholesale	43	%	46	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
As of February 1, 2014, Lilly Pulitzer operated 23 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.
Lanier Clothes:
 
The increase in net sales for Lanier Clothes of $2.3 million, or 2.1%, was due to a $4.7 million increase in net sales in the private label business, partially offset by a decrease in net sales in the branded business. The increase in the private label business was primarily driven by a new pants program for a warehouse club customer in Fiscal 2013 which offset decreases in other private label programs. The decrease in the branded business was primarily due to reduced volume in or exit from certain programs and softness in the business of certain of our customers.
 
Ben Sherman:
 
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $14.7 million, or 17.9%, in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 , due to a $14.2 million decline in wholesale sales and a slight decline in direct to consumer net sales in Fiscal 2013. The lower wholesale sales reflect (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts in the United Kingdom and the United States and (2) lower amounts of off-price sales. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Direct to Consumer	46	%	38	%	
Wholesale	54	%	62	%	
Total	100	%	100	%	
As of February 1, 2014, Ben Sherman operated 17 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Corporate and Other:
 
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses. The $2.3 million increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during Fiscal 2013.
 
Gross Profit
 
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

51

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	358,930	
 	321,920	
 	37,010	
 	11.5	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	84,845	
 	76,842	
 	8,003	
 	10.4	 %	
Lanier Clothes	30,552	
 	30,264	
 	288	
 	1.0	 %	
Ben Sherman	32,094	
 	39,430	
 	(7,336	)	(18.6	)%	
Corporate and Other	7,153	
 	1,101	
 	6,052	
 	NM	
 	
Total gross profit	$	513,574	
 	$	469,557	
 	$	44,017	
 	9.4	 %	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	(27	)	$	4,043	
 	 	 	
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	707	
 	$	—	

The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of changes in net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group were impacted by the change in sales mix and changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Tommy Bahama	61.4	%	60.9	%	
Lilly Pulitzer	61.5	%	62.7	%	
Lanier Clothes	27.9	%	28.2	%	
Ben Sherman	47.7	%	48.1	%	
Corporate and Other	NM	
 	NM	
 	
Consolidated gross margin	56.0	%	54.9	%	
 
On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margin from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million charge for LIFO accounting with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) a change in the sales mix. The change in sales mix in Fiscal 2013 included (1) Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales and (2) direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales. These items, which favorably impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the $0.7 million impact of the inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2013 associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Tommy Bahama:

The higher gross margin at Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, represented a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2013. This change in sales mix was partially offset by the negative impact of the $0.7 million charge related to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition recognized in cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2013.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The decrease in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix with sportswear, which generally has lower gross margins, representing a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in Fiscal 2013, (2) more promotions in our direct to consumer operations in order to move a greater amount of remaining Spring inventory, (3) our e-commerce operations offering free shipping on a more frequent basis and (4) larger e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013 than in the prior year, with these sales typically having a gross margin more in line with wholesale sales than direct to consumer sales. The negative gross margin impact of these factors exceeded the positive impact of the change in sales mix towards direct to consumer sales for Lilly Pulitzer.
 
Lanier Clothes:

52

The gross margin at Lanier Clothes decreased in Fiscal 2013 from the prior year primarily as a result of a change in sales mix towards private label programs. Private label products, including the new pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product sales.
 
Ben Sherman:

The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) a higher proportion of off-price sales in the wholesale business as full-price wholesale sales decreased by a greater proportion than off-price sales and (2) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business. The heavier promotions and the higher proportion of off-price sales, which were necessary to liquidate certain inventory, primarily resulted from a merchandising misstep in the second half of Fiscal 2012. These negative factors offset the positive gross margin impact of the change in the sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a larger proportion of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2013.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations and the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments. The increase in the gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 being impacted by a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) higher sales and gross margin in the Oxford Golf business in Fiscal 2013.
 
SG&A

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
SG&A	$	447,645	
 	$	410,737	
 	$	36,908	
 	9.0	%	
SG&A (as a % of net sales)	48.8	%	48.0	%	 	

Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,377	
 	$	—	

The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $30.8 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2013 associated with operating additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer retail stores and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses. The increases in SG&A for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 was unfavorably impacted by the inclusion of a 53rd week, which we estimate resulted in an additional $7 million of SG&A. Further, SG&A was impacted by a $7.2 million reduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, primarily reflecting lower incentive compensation for both Tommy Bahama and Corporate and Other.

SG&A included $2.2 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2013 compared to $1.0 million in Fiscal 2012 with the increase primarily being $1.4 million of amortization associated with the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	6,285	
 	$	(6,010	)	(95.6	)%	
 
The $6.0 million decrease in the charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration during Fiscal 2013 was primarily a result of Fiscal 2012 including a significant increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration, while Fiscal 2013 generally only reflected the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments. During Fiscal 2012, we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition was more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other things, (1) the Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement.

53

Royalties and other operating income

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	
 	Fiscal 2012	
 	$ Change	
 	% Change	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	$	19,016	
 	$	16,436	
 	$	2,580	
 	15.7	%	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	1,611	
 	$	—	

Royalties and other operating income in Fiscal 2013 increased by $2.6 million primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, (2) higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and (3) higher other income in Corporate and Other. These increases were partially offset by lower royalty income for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013. Royalty and other operating income primarily consists of royalty income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands.

Operating income (loss)

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Tommy Bahama	$	72,207	
 	$	69,454	
 	$	2,753	
 	4.0	 %	
Lilly Pulitzer	25,951	
 	20,267	
 	5,684	
 	28.0	 %	
Lanier Clothes	10,828	
 	10,840	
 	(12	)	(0.1	)%	
Ben Sherman	(13,131	)	(10,898	)	(2,233	)	(20.5	)%	
Corporate and Other	(11,185	)	(20,692	)	9,507	
 	45.9	 %	
Total operating income	$	84,670	
 	$	68,971	
 	$	15,699	
 	22.8	 %	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	(27	)	$	4,043	

 	
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	707	
 	$	—	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,377	
 	$	—	

 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	6,285	
 	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	1,611	
 	$	—	

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $84.7 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $69.0 million in Fiscal 2012. The 22.8% increase in operating income was primarily due to the improved operating income in Corporate and Other, Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama, partially offset by the higher operating loss in Ben Sherman. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
 
Tommy Bahama:

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	584,941	
 	$	528,639	
 	$	56,302	
 	10.7	%	
Gross margin	61.4	%	60.9	%	 	

Operating income	$	72,207	
 	$	69,454	
 	$	2,753	
 	4.0	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	12.3	%	13.1	%	 	

Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	707	
 	$	—	
 	 	 	
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition	$	1,377	
 	$	—	

The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the higher net sales and gross margin in the Tommy Bahama business, each as discussed above. The impact of the higher sales and gross margin were partially offset by higher SG&A as well as a $0.7 million charge related to an inventory step-up and $1.4 million of amortization of intangible assets, both of which resulted from the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, which we completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013. In addition to the higher SG&A resulting from the amortization of intangible assets, the increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) operating additional North American and Asia-Pacific retail stores and restaurants in Fiscal 2013 which resulted in $27.7 million of incremental SG&A and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business,

54

including costs associated with support operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by a $5.6 million reduction in incentive compensation for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2013 and the impact of one less week in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2013 included an operating loss of $11.9 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $10.4 million in Fiscal 2012.
 
Lilly Pulitzer:

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	137,943	
 	$	122,592	
 	$	15,351	
 	12.5	%	
Gross margin	61.5	%	62.7	%	 	

Operating income	$	25,951	
 	$	20,267	
 	$	5,684	
 	28.0	%	
Operating income as % of net sales	18.8	%	16.5	%	 	

Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer	$	275	
 	$	6,285	

 	

The increase in operating income for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a lower charge for change in the fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013. The operating results for Fiscal 2013 also reflect higher net sales, as discussed above, which were offset by higher SG&A to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and lower gross margin, as discussed above. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) higher costs, consisting primarily of employment expenses, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and (2) $3.1 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during Fiscal 2013.

Lanier Clothes:

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	109,530	
 	$	107,272	
 	$	2,258	
 	2.1	 %	
Gross margin	27.9	%	28.2	%	 	

Operating income	$	10,828	
 	$	10,840	
 	$	(12	)	(0.1	)%	
Operating income as % of net sales	9.9	%	10.1	%	 	

 
The operating income for Lanier Clothes was comparable for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as the favorable impact of higher sales was offset by slightly lower gross margin and higher SG&A, which was primarily attributable to higher incentive compensation earned in Fiscal 2013.
 
Ben Sherman:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	67,218	
 	$	81,922	
 	$	(14,704	)	(17.9	)%	
Gross margin	47.7	 %	48.1	 %	 	

Operating loss	$	(13,131	)	$	(10,898	)	$	(2,233	)	(20.5	)%	
Operating loss as % of net sales	(19.5	)%	(13.3	)%	 	

 
The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman was primarily due to the decrease in sales and lower gross margin, each as discussed above, and lower royalty income. These factors that negatively impacted the operating results were partially offset by reduced SG&A in Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013 as Ben Sherman took certain actions to reduce its ongoing SG&A structure with a significant amount of that SG&A reduction being recognized in the second half of Fiscal 2013.
 
Corporate and Other:

55

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Net sales	$	17,465	
 	$	15,117	
 	$	2,348	
 	15.5	%	
Operating loss	$	(11,185	)	$	(20,692	)	$	9,507	
 	45.9	%	
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other	$	(27	)	$	4,043	
 	 	 	
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other	$	1,611	
 	$	—	

 	
 
The Corporate and Other operating results improved in Fiscal 2013 primarily as a result of (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013, (2) a reduction in Corporate and Other SG&A primarily driven by a $2.1 million reduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013, as well as certain favorable changes in accruals, (3) higher sales and improved gross margin in the Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses and (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million.
 
Interest expense, net

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Interest expense, net	$	4,169	
 	$	8,939	
 	$	(4,770	)	(53.4	)%	
 
Interest expense for Fiscal 2013 decreased primarily due to our borrowing at lower interest rates in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.  During Fiscal 2013, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, whereas substantially all of our borrowings in the first half of Fiscal 2012 were from our previously outstanding senior secured notes, which had a coupon rate of 11 3/8%. The change in the source of our borrowings resulted from our redemption of the remaining outstanding principal amount of the senior secured notes in July 2012, which was primarily funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	$	—	
 	$	9,143	
 	$	(9,143	)	(100.0	)%	
 
On July 16, 2012, we redeemed the remaining outstanding $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for approximately $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million

Income taxes

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	$ Change	% Change	
Income taxes	35,210	
 	19,572	
 	15,638	
 	79.9	%	
Effective tax rate	43.7	%	38.5	%	 	

 
Income tax expense for Fiscal 2013 increased compared to Fiscal 2012 due to higher earnings and an increase in the effective tax rate. The effective tax rates for both periods reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and the favorable impact of a decrease in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was also impacted by certain other favorable discrete items, including a reduction in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations totaling approximately $2.2 million and the impact of a change in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Net earnings

 	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Net earnings	$	45,291	
 	$	31,317	
 	
Net earnings per diluted share	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted	16,482	
 	16,586	

56

The higher net earnings for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) increased net sales in Fiscal 2013 resulting in increased gross profit, (2) Fiscal 2012 including a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million with no such charge in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, (4) a $4.8 million reduction in interest expense, (5) Fiscal 2012 including a LIFO accounting charge of $4.0 million with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013, (6) lower SG&A in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other, and (7) higher royalty and other operating income. These factors were partially offset by (1) higher SG&A associated with the continued growth and expansion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands, (2) a higher effective tax rate in Fiscal 2013 and (3) $2.1 million of charges in the aggregate incurred in Fiscal 2013 related to an inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama operations in Canada.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is the sale and distribution of apparel products through our direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution. Our primary uses of cash flow include the purchase of apparel products in the operation of our business, as well as operating expenses including employee compensation and benefits, occupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, other general and administrative expenses and the payment of periodic interest payments related to our financing arrangements. Additionally, we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures and dividends and repayment of indebtedness. In the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory and extend credit to our wholesale customers. Thus, we require a certain amount of working capital to operate our business. If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to their terms, each of which is described below. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, sales of debt or equity securities and cash on hand.
As of January 31, 2015 we had $5.3 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, with $109.0 million of borrowings outstanding and $128.0 million of availability under our revolving credit agreements. We believe our balance sheet and anticipated positive cash flows from operating activities in the future provide us with ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands and our direct to consumer initiatives in future periods.
Key Liquidity Measures

($ in thousands)	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Total current assets	$	281,322	
 	$	271,032	
 	$	10,290	
 	3.8	 %	
Total current liabilities	158,295	
 	133,046	
 	25,249	
 	19.0	 %	
Working capital	$	123,027	
 	$	137,986	
 	$	(14,959	)	(10.8	)%	
Working capital ratio	1.78	
 	2.04	

 	
Debt to total capital ratio	27	%	35	%	 	

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Current assets increased from February 1, 2014 to January 31, 2015 primarily due to higher inventories and receivables, each as discussed below. Current liabilities increased primarily as a result of (1) the classification of $12.5 million of contingent consideration as a current liability as of January 31, 2015 compared to $2.5 million as of February 1, 2014, (2) $9.1 million higher accrued compensation as of January 31, 2015, primarily resulting from higher incentive compensation, and (3) increased accounts payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities as of January 31, 2015. Changes in working capital accounts are discussed below.
 
For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders’ equity. Debt was $109.0 million at January 31, 2015 and $141.6 million at February 1, 2014, while shareholders’ equity was $290.6 million at January 31, 2015 and $260.2 million at February 1, 2014. The decrease in debt primarily reflects the following during Fiscal 2014: (1) $95.4 million of cash flows from operating activities, (2) a $3.2 million reduction in cash and cash equivalents and (3) $1.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock partially offset by the following: (1) $50.4 million of capital expenditures, (2) $13.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock and (3) $2.5 million of payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration arrangement. Shareholders' equity increased, primarily as a result of net earnings partially offset by dividends paid and the unfavorable impact on foreign currency exchange rate changes reflecting the stronger United States dollar as of January 31, 2015. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our

57

capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
Balance Sheet
The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands) and calculations of changes in the information included in our consolidated balance sheets. Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances at January 31, 2015 compared to February 1, 2014.
Current Assets:

 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,281	
 	$	8,483	
 	$	(3,202	)	(37.7	)%	
Receivables, net	79,104	
 	75,277	
 	3,827	
 	5.1	 %	
Inventories, net	148,215	
 	143,712	
 	4,503	
 	3.1	 %	
Prepaid expenses, net	24,219	
 	23,095	
 	1,124	
 	4.9	 %	
Deferred tax assets	24,503	
 	20,465	
 	4,038	
 	19.7	 %	
Total current assets	$	281,322	
 	$	271,032	
 	$	10,290	
 	3.8	 %	
Cash and cash equivalents as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 include typical cash amounts maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, which generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million at any given time. Any excess cash generally is used to repay amounts outstanding under our revolving credit agreements. Receivables, net as of January 31, 2015 increased primarily due to higher wholesale sales, particularly in Tommy Bahama, in the last two months of Fiscal 2014.
Inventories, net as of January 31, 2015 increased in each of our operating groups, except for Lanier Clothes. The higher inventory levels generally reflect higher anticipated sales in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2015 as compared to the First Quarter of Fiscal 2014. Prepaid expenses, net were comparable as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 reflecting an increase in prepaid income taxes partially offset by decreases in prepaid operating expense amounts. Deferred tax assets increased from February 1, 2014 primarily as a result of higher incentive compensation amounts and a change in timing differences associated with inventory, due in part to the significant LIFO accounting charge in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014.
Non-current Assets:

 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Property and equipment, net	$	155,076	
 	$	141,519	
 	$	13,557	
 	9.6	 %	
Intangible assets, net	167,770	
 	173,023	
 	(5,253	)	(3.0	)%	
Goodwill	17,295	
 	17,399	
 	(104	)	(0.6	)%	
Other non-current assets, net	23,604	
 	24,332	
 	(728	)	(3.0	)%	
Total non-current assets, net	$	363,745	
 	$	356,273	
 	$	7,472	
 	2.1	 %	
The increase in property and equipment, net was primarily due to capital expenditures during Fiscal 2014, which were partially offset by depreciation expense in Fiscal 2014. The decrease in intangible assets, net was primarily due to the impact of the stronger United States dollar on our foreign denominated intangible assets and amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2014. The decrease in other non-current assets was primarily due to a decrease in the value of corporate officers' life insurance policies and amortization of deferred financing costs partially offset by higher asset balances set aside for potential deferred compensation plan obligations.
Liabilities:

58

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	$ Change	% Change	
Total current liabilities	$	158,295	
 	$	133,046	
 	$	25,249	
 	19.0	 %	
Long-term debt	104,842	
 	137,592	
 	(32,750	)	(23.8	)%	
Non-current contingent consideration	—	
 	12,225	
 	(12,225	)	(100.0	)%	
Other non-current liabilities	58,113	
 	51,520	
 	6,593	
 	12.8	 %	
Non-current deferred income taxes	33,212	
 	32,759	
 	453	
 	1.4	 %	
Total liabilities	$	354,462	
 	$	367,142	
 	(12,680	)	(3.5	)%	
Current liabilities increased, reflecting (1) the $12.5 million current contingent consideration liability as of January 31, 2015 compared to $2.5 million as of February 1, 2014, (2) a $9.1 million increase in accrued compensation, primarily resulting from higher incentive compensation amounts as of January 31, 2015, and (3) increased accounts payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities as of January 31, 2015, which primarily resulted from the timing of payment of certain inventory and expense items. These items were partially offset by lower income taxes payable as of January 31, 2015. The decrease in debt primarily reflects the following during Fiscal 2014: (1) $95.4 million of cash flows from operating activities, (2) a $3.2 million reduction in cash and cash equivalents and (3) $1.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock partially offset by the following: (1) $50.4 million of capital expenditures, (2) $13.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock and (3) $2.5 million of payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration arrangement. The decrease in non-current contingent consideration at January 31, 2015 was the result of all the contingent consideration obligation being classified as a current liability as of January 31, 2015 as the amount is expected to be paid in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015. Other non-current liabilities increased as of January 31, 2015 compared to the prior year primarily due to increases in deferred rent liabilities. Non-current deferred income taxes was comparable as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, primarily reflecting the net impact of changes in deferred taxes associated with accrued compensation balances and intangible assets.
Statement of Cash Flows
The following table sets forth the net cash flows resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Cash provided by operating activities	$	95,409	
 	$	52,734	
 	$	67,098	
 	
Cash used in investing activities	(50,355	)	(59,130	)	(62,515	)	
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(47,619	)	6,938	
 	(10,594	)	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	$	(2,565	)	$	542	
 	$	(6,011	)	
Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $5.3 million, $8.5 million and $7.5 million at January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively. Changes in cash flows in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 related to operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities are discussed below.
Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Operating Activities:
 
In Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, operating activities provided $95.4 million and $52.7 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, equity-based compensation expense and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts, as applicable. The higher cash flow from operating activities, despite the comparable earnings, for Fiscal 2014 was primarily due to changes in working capital and Fiscal 2013 including a significant excess tax benefit related to equity-based compensation. In Fiscal 2014, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in current liabilities and non-current liabilities, each of which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and other non-current liabilities.

We generally anticipate that cash flows from operations will increase in the future as our business continues to grow, reflecting higher earnings partially offset by increased working capital requirements.

Investing Activities:

59

 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, investing activities used $50.4 million and $59.1 million of cash, respectively. Of these cash flows used in investing activity amounts, $50.4 million and $43.4 million in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, were for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.The remaining cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee.

We anticipate that capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 will be significantly higher than capital expenditures in recent years. See a discussion of Fiscal 2015 expected capital expenditures in Contractual Obligations below.
 
Financing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, financing activities used $47.6 million and provided $6.9 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we decreased debt by $32.6 million based on our cash flow from operating activities exceeding our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities. In Fiscal 2013, we increased debt by $25.0 million based on cash needs for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our senior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. We paid dividends of $13.9 million and $11.9 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we paid $2.5 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2013 contingent consideration payment related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.

We anticipate that cash flow provided by or used in financing activities in the future will be dependent upon whether our cash flow from operating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, the remaining contingent consideration payment in Fiscal 2015 and dividend payments. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, is used to repay debt on our revolving credit agreements. Given the significance of capital expenditures and contingent consideration payment amounts in Fiscal 2015 as well as dividend payments, the amount of cash available to be used in financing activities as a repayment of debt may be limited.
Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012
Operating Activities:
 
In Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, operating activities provided $52.7 million and $67.1 million of cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense, change in fair value of contingent consideration, loss on repurchase of senior notes and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts, as applicable. The lower cash flow from operating activities, despite the higher earnings, for Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to Fiscal 2012 earnings including a $9.1 million loss on repurchase of senior notes and Fiscal 2013 having less favorable changes in working capital accounts, as compared to the same period in the prior year. In Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and receivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and non-current liabilities. In Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in other non-current liabilities.

Investing Activities:
 
During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, investing activities used $59.1 million and $62.5 million of cash, respectively. The cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee, while Fiscal 2012 included $1.8 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee. The remaining $43.4 million and $60.7 million of cash flow used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, were for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling.
 
Financing Activities:

60

During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, financing activities provided $6.9 million and used $10.6 million of cash, respectively. In Fiscal 2013, we increased debt by $25.0 million based on our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operating activities. In Fiscal 2012, we increased debt by $10.5 million based on cash need for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our senior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. In Fiscal 2012, we paid $5.0 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 contingent consideration payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. We paid dividends of $11.9 million and $9.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The table below sets forth the amounts outstanding under our financing arrangements (in thousands) as of January 31, 2015:

$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")	$	104,842	
 	
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")	4,126	
 	
Total debt	108,968	
 	
Short-term debt	(4,126	)	
Long-term debt	$	104,842	

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 1.9% as of January 31, 2015), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin (4.0% as of January 31, 2015); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.
To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit when issued. As of January 31, 2015, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 31, 2015, we had $125.8 million and $2.3 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings.
Covenants and Other Restrictions:
Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered.

61

This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements. During Fiscal 2014 and as of January 31, 2015, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of January 31, 2015, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.
Other Liquidity Items:
We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, dividends and interest payments on our debt, if any, primarily from positive cash flow from operations supplemented by cash on hand and borrowings under our lines of credit, if necessary. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of any of our financing arrangements or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt with terms available in the market at that time, which may or may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreements or current market terms.
We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of our credit facilities above and Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of January 31, 2015, by future period (in thousands):

 	Payments Due by Period	
 	Less Than
1 year	1-3 Years	3-5 Years	More Than
5 Years	Total	
Contractual Obligations:	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Operating leases (2)	65,802	
 	121,854	
 	102,465	
 	222,143	
 	512,264	
 	
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements	5,589	
 	10,863	
 	—	
 	—	
 	16,452	
 	
Letters of credit	8,546	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	8,546	
 	
Contingent purchase price consideration (3)	12,500	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	12,500	
 	
Other (4)(5)(6)	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	—	
 	
Total	$	92,437	
 	$	132,717	
 	$	102,465	
 	$	222,143	
 	$	549,762	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of January 31, 2015, $104.8 million was outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which matures in November 2018, and $4.1 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, which is payable on demand. During Fiscal 2014, interest paid on these revolving credit arrangements was $3.3 million.	

(2)	Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the	

62

amounts payable in future periods are, in some cases, not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2014 totaled $21.7 million.
 	 	
(3)	Amounts included in the table reflect the remaining amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which we anticipate paying in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2015.	

(4)	Amounts totaling $11.3 million of deferred compensation obligations, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.	

(5)	An environmental reserve liability of $1.3 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of January 31, 2015 and the timing of payment, if any, is uncertain.	

(6)	Non-current deferred tax liabilities of $33.2 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilities are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilities by period could be misleading.	
Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2015, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of January 31, 2015, are expected to be approximately $70 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening and relocating retail stores and restaurants, facility relocations and enhancements, remodeling retail stores and restaurants and information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities. We anticipate that approximately $13 million of our capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 will be funded by landlords through tenant improvement allowance reimbursements.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC's definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of operations could be misstated.
The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant estimates, assumptions and judgments we use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

63

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, as well as wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.
An area of judgment affecting reported revenues and net earnings involves estimating sales reserves, which represent a portion of revenues not expected to be realized. In our direct to consumer operations, revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, while our wholesale revenue is reduced by estimates for discounts, allowances, advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. The significant assumptions related to our direct to consumer and wholesale revenues are discussed below.
As direct to consumer products may be returned in future periods after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of January 31, 2015, our direct to consumer return reserve was $2.3 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of January 31, 2015 would have had a $0.2 million pre-tax impact on earnings in Fiscal 2014.
In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 31, 2015, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $9.3 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $1.0 million on earnings in Fiscal 2014. The substantial majority of these reserves relate to our Lanier Clothes business as of January 31, 2015.
Additionally, in circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of January 31, 2015, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.8 million, and therefore, if the allowance for doubtful accounts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2014. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to January 31, 2015 this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods.
Inventories, net
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons' fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For direct to consumer inventory, we provide an allowance for goods expected to be sold below cost. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.
For consolidated financial reporting, $122.2 million, or 82%, of our inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) method cost or market after deducting the $58.6 million LIFO reserve as of January 31, 2015. The remaining $26.0

64

million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 31, 2015. Generally, inventories of domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market and inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes.
As of January 31, 2015, we had recorded a reserve of $1.7 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns would have a pre-tax impact of $0.2 million on earnings in Fiscal 2014. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements after consideration of the existence of our significant LIFO reserve of $58.6 million, or 29% of the FIFO cost of the inventory, as of January 31, 2015, as well as the high gross margins historically achieved for the sale of our lifestyle branded products. A change in inventory levels, or the mix by inventory category, at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of January 31, 2015 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the PPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of January 31, 2015 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.
Given the significant amount of uncertainties surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end PPI, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the PPI and markdown reserves. We do recognize on a quarterly basis during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterly basis.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories.
In accordance with GAAP, in connection with our acquisitions, we recognize a write-up or write-down of inventories above the cost of acquired inventories to fair value, which we include in our allocation of purchase price. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, amounts are recognized as additional cost of goods sold in the periods subsequent to the acquisition as the acquired inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Intangible Assets, net
Intangible assets included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 totaled $167.8 million, which includes $8.3 million  of intangible assets with finite lives, including reacquired license rights and customer relationships, and $159.5 million of trademarks with indefinite lives. At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

65

Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets listed above. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 15 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control, including customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $2.5 million during Fiscal 2014 and is anticipated to be approximately $2.1 million in Fiscal 2015.
In Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, no impairment charges related to intangible assets were recognized. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our intangible assets for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. Substantially all of the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 relates to Lilly Pulitzer.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to consider if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
No impairment of goodwill was recognized during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our goodwill for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized

66

or settled. Further, we consider whether the investment and earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if any, are permanently reinvested and the impact that such assertion has on our income tax liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce income tax expense. Such amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to valuation allowances changed significantly. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.
Recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions occur when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) to be sustained upon examination. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.
As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and management judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the ability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, a reduction in valuation allowances or other considerations, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies and the jurisdictions or significance of earnings in future periods each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increase in our consolidated income tax rate from 42.9% to 43.9% during Fiscal 2014 would have reduced net earnings by $0.8 million.
Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences as of the balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the ability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. The recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.
See note 8 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.
Fair Value Measurements
For many assets and liabilities the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We utilize certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, as well as in other circumstances, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date, including the fair value of contingent consideration obligations, and assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.

67

As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 1 and Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. As of the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Such valuation required assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, which each involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement would be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target would be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors.
Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Generally, the fair value of the contingent consideration liability is expected to increase each period with the recognition of the change in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as we approach the payment dates of the contingent consideration absent any significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration earned. During Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we recognized change in fair value of contingent consideration of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $6.3 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of operations. The amounts recognized in Fiscal 2012 reflect the passage of time as well as a significant change in the discount rate at February 2, 2013 as discussed below, while each of the other years primarily reflected the passage of time using a discount rate deemed appropriate at that time, with no significant changes in our other assumptions used in determining fair value during the year.
As of February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned was greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carried over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeding both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods exceeding the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provided greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a significant reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
It is possible that other parties may have made different assumptions than we have related to this liability or that the timing of these assumptions could have been different. The use of different assumptions or a change in the timing of determining a change in assumptions used in this assessment could have resulted in materially different amounts recognized as the change in fair value of contingent consideration recognized in our historical consolidated financial statements. As of January 31, 2015, based on the historical operating results of Lilly Pulitzer, we have determined that the $20 million amount was earned in full, with the remaining $12.5 million of the obligation to be paid in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2015. As the performance period has ended and the amounts were earned in full there is little judgment associated with determining the fair value of this liability as of January 31, 2015.
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions

68

could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that are expected to possibly have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
SEASONALITY
Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the seasonality impact on individual operating groups and for our total company, see Part I, Item 1, Business, included in this report.
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Further at times, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate on that debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.
As of January 31, 2015, all of our $109.0 million of debt outstanding was subject to variable interest rates. Our lines of credit, which include our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, accrue interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit.
During Fiscal 2014, our interest expense was $3.5 million. Based on our current borrowings and expected borrowings under our revolving credit agreements for Fiscal 2015, we anticipate that interest expense will be comparable to interest expense in Fiscal 2014 assuming no significant changes in interest rates in Fiscal 2015. Based the average amount of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2014, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not have increased interest rates by a material amount in Fiscal 2014. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credit increase or decrease, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change.
Foreign Currency Risk
To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. Approximately 10% of our net sales in Fiscal 2014 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar, with almost half of the foreign currency denominated net sales being net sales in our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. As of January 31, 2015, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business; (2) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in currencies other than the applicable functional currency; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.
Substantially all of our inventory purchases, including goods for operations in the United Kingdom and the Asia-Pacific region, from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a United States dollar arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the United States

69

dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the British pound, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted significantly, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.
We may from time to time enter into short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the amounts outstanding at any time during the year will vary. As of January 31, 2015, we were a party to $13.7 million of such contracts that were unsettled, which had an unrealized fair value resulting in an asset of $0.7 million. As of January 31, 2015, all of these contracts related to our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. These contracts primarily consist of $10 million of agreements to purchase United States dollars with British pound sterling and $3.4 million of agreements to sell Euro for British pound sterling. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset being recognized in other comprehensive income or our consolidated statement of operations if the transaction does or does not, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with GAAP. We believe that the substantial majority of any change in foreign currency exchange rates in our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe would be offset by a change in the fair value of the related foreign currency forward exchange contracts.
Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of cash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contract for these operations. However, we anticipate that as we continue to expand Tommy Bahama's international market presence, our exposure to foreign currency changes in Tommy Bahama will increase, and it may be appropriate to enter into hedging arrangements for these operations. We anticipate that in the future we may have exposure to foreign currency changes for currencies to which we currently do not have any exposure. The extent of our exposure will be dependent upon the timing of when and to what magnitude we expand in international markets. At this time, we do not anticipate that the impact of foreign currency changes on Tommy Bahama's international operations would have a material impact on Tommy Bahama's operating income or our consolidated net earnings in Fiscal 2015 given the proportion of Tommy Bahama's operations in international markets.
In addition to foreign currency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating the financial statements of our foreign operations with a functional currency other than the United States dollar into United States dollars for financial reporting purposes, which we have not historically hedged. A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening United States dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales during Fiscal 2014 denominated in pound sterling, if the United States dollar had been 10% stronger against the British pound we would have experienced a decrease in consolidated net sales of $5.7 million and a reduction in net operating loss of $0.6 million resulting from the translation into United States dollars.
We view our foreign investments as long-term and, as a result, we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.
Commodity and Inflation Risk
We are affected by inflation and changing prices through the purchase of full-package finished goods from contract manufacturers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components, and increased operating costs. To manage risks of commodity price changes we negotiate our full-package product prices in advance and increase selling prices of our products when possible. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through, when possible, negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We have not historically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts or engaged in hedging activities with respect to our commodity risk.

70

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par amounts)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
ASSETS	 	 	
Current Assets:	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,281	
 	$	8,483	
 	
Receivables, net	79,104	
 	75,277	
 	
Inventories, net	148,215	
 	143,712	
 	
Prepaid expenses, net	24,219	
 	23,095	
 	
Deferred tax assets	24,503	
 	20,465	
 	
Total current assets	281,322	
 	271,032	
 	
Property and equipment, net	155,076	
 	141,519	
 	
Intangible assets, net	167,770	
 	173,023	
 	
Goodwill	17,295	
 	17,399	
 	
Other non-current assets, net	23,604	
 	24,332	
 	
Total Assets	$	645,067	
 	$	627,305	
 	
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	 	 	
Current Liabilities:	 	 	
Accounts payable	$	80,856	
 	$	75,527	
 	
Accrued compensation	27,519	
 	18,412	
 	
Income tax payable	3,635	
 	6,584	
 	
Other accrued expenses and liabilities	29,659	
 	26,030	
 	
Contingent consideration	12,500	
 	2,500	
 	
Short-term debt	4,126	
 	3,993	
 	
Total current liabilities	158,295	
 	133,046	
 	
Long-term debt	104,842	
 	137,592	
 	
Non-current contingent consideration	—	
 	12,225	
 	
Other non-current liabilities	58,113	
 	51,520	
 	
Non-current deferred income taxes	33,212	
 	32,759	
 	
Commitments and contingencies	

Shareholders' Equity:	 	 	
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share	16,478	
 	16,416	
 	
Additional paid-in capital	119,052	
 	114,021	
 	
Retained earnings	185,229	
 	153,344	
 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(30,154	)	(23,618	)	
Total shareholders' equity	290,605	
 	260,163	
 	
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity	$	645,067	
 	$	627,305	

See accompanying notes.

71

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	Fiscal  
 2012	
Net sales	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	$	855,542	
 	
Cost of goods sold	443,127	
 	403,523	
 	385,985	
 	
Gross profit	554,679	
 	513,574	
 	469,557	
 	
SG&A	488,924	
 	447,645	
 	410,737	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	275	
 	275	
 	6,285	
 	
Royalties and other operating income	18,123	
 	19,016	
 	16,436	
 	
Operating income	83,603	
 	84,670	
 	68,971	
 	
Interest expense, net	3,483	
 	4,169	
 	8,939	
 	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	
 	9,143	
 	
Earnings before income taxes	80,120	
 	80,501	
 	50,889	
 	
Income taxes	34,362	
 	35,210	
 	19,572	
 	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	$	31,317	

Net earnings per share:	 	 	 	
Basic	$	2.79	
 	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	
 	
Diluted	$	2.78	
 	$	2.75	
 	$	1.89	

Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	
Basic	16,429	
 	16,450	
 	16,563	
 	
Dilution	42	
 	32	
 	23	
 	
Diluted	16,471	
 	16,482	
 	16,586	
 	
Dividends declared per share	$	0.84	
 	$	0.72	
 	$	0.60	

See accompanying notes.

72

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	Fiscal  
 2012	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	$	31,317	
 	
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain	(7,617	)	703	
 	171	
 	
Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges	1,081	
 	264	
 	(1,082	)	
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes	(6,536	)	967	
 	(911	)	
Comprehensive income	$	39,222	
 	$	46,258	
 	$	30,406	

See accompanying notes.

73

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Common
Stock	Additional
Paid-In
Capital	Retained
Earnings	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)	Total	
January 28, 2012	16,522	
 	99,670	
 	111,551	
 	(23,674	)	$	204,069	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss	—	
 	—	
 	31,317	
 	(911	)	30,406	
 	
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million	73	
 	2,465	
 	—	
 	—	
 	2,538	
 	
Compensation expense for stock awards	—	
 	2,756	
 	—	
 	—	
 	2,756	
 	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(9,924	)	—	
 	(9,924	)	
February 2, 2013	16,595	
 	104,891	
 	132,944	
 	(24,585	)	229,845	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive income	—	
 	—	
 	45,291	
 	967	
 	46,258	
 	
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million	44	
 	7,471	
 	—	
 	—	
 	7,515	
 	
Compensation expense for stock awards	—	
 	1,659	
 	—	
 	—	
 	1,659	
 	
Repurchase of common stock	(223	)	—	
 	(12,976	)	—	
 	(13,199	)	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(11,915	)	—	
 	(11,915	)	
February 1, 2014	16,416	
 	114,021	
 	153,344	
 	(23,618	)	260,163	
 	
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss	—	
 	—	
 	45,758	
 	(6,536	)	39,222	
 	
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million	62	
 	928	
 	—	
 	—	
 	990	
 	
Compensation expense for stock awards	—	
 	4,103	
 	—	
 	—	
 	4,103	
 	
Cash dividends declared and paid	—	
 	—	
 	(13,873	)	—	
 	(13,873	)	
January 31, 2015	$	16,478	
 	$	119,052	
 	$	185,229	
 	$	(30,154	)	$	290,605	

See accompanying notes.

74

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:	 	 	 	
Net earnings	$	45,758	
 	$	45,291	
 	$	31,317	
 	
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	
Depreciation	35,165	
 	31,677	
 	25,310	
 	
Amortization of intangible assets	2,481	
 	2,225	
 	1,025	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	275	
 	275	
 	6,285	
 	
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount	385	
 	443	
 	962	
 	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	
 	9,143	
 	
Gain on sale of property and equipment	—	
 	(1,611	)	—	
 	
Stock compensation expense	4,103	
 	1,659	
 	2,756	
 	
Deferred income taxes	(3,217	)	674	
 	(3,753	)	
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation	—	
 	(6,086	)	(354	)	
Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:	 	 	 	
Receivables	(5,672	)	(11,917	)	(3,026	)	
Inventories	(7,101	)	(29,488	)	(5,408	)	
Prepaid expenses	(1,646	)	(3,068	)	(1,640	)	
Current liabilities	18,314	
 	16,821	
 	2,429	
 	
Other non-current assets	37	
 	(1,031	)	(3,886	)	
Other non-current liabilities	6,527	
 	6,870	
 	5,938	
 	
Cash provided by operating activities	95,409	
 	52,734	
 	67,098	
 	
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:	 	 	 	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	—	
 	(17,888	)	(1,813	)	
Purchases of property and equipment	(50,355	)	(43,372	)	(60,702	)	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	—	
 	2,130	
 	—	
 	
Cash used in investing activities	(50,355	)	(59,130	)	(62,515	)	
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:	 	 	 	
Repayment of revolving credit arrangements	(352,784	)	(329,695	)	(193,328	)	
Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements	320,548	
 	354,649	
 	307,270	
 	
Repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	
 	(111,000	)	
Deferred financing costs paid	—	
 	(401	)	(1,524	)	
Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned	(2,500	)	—	
 	(4,980	)	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including excess tax benefits	990	
 	7,499	
 	2,892	
 	
Repurchase of stock awards for employee tax withholding liabilities	—	
 	(13,199	)	—	
 	
Cash dividends declared and paid	(13,873	)	(11,915	)	(9,924	)	
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(47,619	)	6,938	
 	(10,594	)	
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(2,565	)	542	
 	(6,011	)	
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents	(637	)	424	
 	155	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year	8,483	
 	7,517	
 	13,373	
 	
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year	$	5,281	
 	$	8,483	
 	$	7,517	
 	
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:	 	 	 	
Cash paid for interest, net	$	3,297	
 	$	3,826	
 	$	8,348	
 	
Cash paid for income taxes	$	41,806	
 	$	18,158	
 	$	25,442	
 	
   See accompanying notes.

75

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
January 31, 2015 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principal Business Activity
We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®, as well as owned and licensed brands for tailored clothing and golf apparel. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of owned retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to selected Tommy Bahama retail stores. Our branded and private label tailored clothing products are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, mass merchants, specialty stores, specialty catalogs and Internet retailers. Originally founded in 1942, we have underwent a transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing branded apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.
Fiscal Year
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms Fiscal 2012; Fiscal 2013; Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2015 reflect the 53 weeks ended February 2, 2013; 52 weeks ended February 1, 2014, 52 weeks ended January 31, 2015 and 52 weeks ending January 30, 2016, respectively.
Principles of Consolidation
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest entity of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary, if any. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of operations from the respective dates of the acquisitions. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Business Combinations
We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of operations. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.
During Fiscal 2012, we acquired for $1.8 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business. Additionally, during Fiscal 2013, we acquired for $17.9 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. For the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, allocation of the purchase price to significant assets acquired based on their respective fair values was as follows: reacquired license rights of $11 million, inventory of $4.4 million and fixed assets of $1.7 million.
Transaction costs related to business combinations, which are not included in the purchase price amounts paid to the sellers disclosed above, are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable
Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, and wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

76

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which is at the time of purchase for retail, restaurant and concession transactions and the time of shipment for e-commerce sales. Each of these types of transactions requires payment at the time of the transaction, which is typically made via a credit card and collected by us upon settlement of the credit card transaction within a few days. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of operations.
For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time.
In the normal course of business, in addition to extension of typical credit terms, we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, reserve balances related to these items were $9.3 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offs in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, bad debt reserve balances were $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are recorded as a liability until they are redeemed, at which point revenue is recognized. We recognize breakage income for gift cards and merchandise credits, subject to applicable laws in certain states, when we determine that the likelihood of the gift cards and merchandise credits being redeemed is remote. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $7.4 million and $6.0 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. Gift card breakage, which was not material in any period presented, is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations.
Royalties from the license of our owned brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee's actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees. In some cases, we may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalty income was $17.9 million, $16.9 million and $16.4 million during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, and is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.
Cost of Goods Sold
We include in cost of goods sold all sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores, wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers' fees, consolidators' fees and depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing

77

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and procurement operations. Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.
SG&A
We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses) and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.
Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in SG&A totaled $24.4 million, $22.6 million and $24.4 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees in net sales and classify costs related to direct to consumer customers in cost of goods sold and shipping related to wholesale customers in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.
All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the period when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers' advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run for products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are generally recognized as SG&A. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in SG&A for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 were $34.8 million, $32.3 million and $27.6 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 were $2.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
Royalties related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on net sales of the branded products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 were $5.3 million, $5.0 million and $4.8 million, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
In connection with the contingent consideration agreement associated with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we accrued $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $6.3 million of change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively. During Fiscal 2015, the remaining $12.5 million of contingent consideration payable associated with the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration agreement will be paid. Amounts paid pursuant to this contingent consideration arrangement are reflected in payment of contingent consideration earned in our consolidated statements of cash flows and discussed in more detail below.
Inventories, net
For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular

78

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

products, prior-seasons' fashion products, broken assortments, and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last inventory count and each balance sheet date.
For consolidated financial reporting, as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, $122.2 million, or 82%, and $120.5 million, or 84%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $26.0 million and $23.2 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 2.
There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the LIFO reserves included in our consolidated balance sheets were $58.6 million and $56.7 million, respectively.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories.
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and any assets under capital leases, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of operations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Leasehold improvements	 	Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term	
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology	 	2 – 15 years	
Buildings and improvements	 	7 – 40 years	
Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an asset and other factors. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, with the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of operations being depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which is included in cost of goods sold. No material impairment of fixed assets was recognized in any period presented. Depreciation by operating group in Note 2 and in our consolidated statements of cash flows includes any fixed impairment charges.
Intangible Assets, net

79

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.
Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademark, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.
We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.
We recognize amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 15 years in some cases. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization considers the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible assets and factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from the intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.
Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks and customer relationships, are generally expensed as incurred.
Goodwill, net
Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.
We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations,

80

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.
If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during any period presented. As of January 31, 2015, all the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for tax purposes.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net
Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including rent, advertising, samples, taxes, maintenance contracts, insurance, retail supplies, advertising and royalties. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed below, assets related to certain investments in officers' life insurance policies, security deposits and deferred financing costs.
Officers' life insurance policies that are owned by us, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the officers' life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $5.1 million and $5.8 million, respectively.
Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations, was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.8 million during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively. Unamortized deferred financing costs totaled $1.5 million and $1.9 million at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.
Deferred Compensation
We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the participant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.
The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 was $12.0 million and $11.4 million, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $11.3 million and $11.1 million at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.
Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Liabilities
Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers' compensation, which are included in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.

81

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate to disputes about intellectual property, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental and tax matters. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome or amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. We believe the outcome of outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.
Contingent Consideration
In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we must recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Absent any other changes to assumptions included in our valuation of the contingent consideration, we expect as time passes that the fair value of the contingent consideration would increase due to the passage of time as we approach the payment dates. Additionally, a change in assumptions related to the contingent consideration could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized as change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of operations.
As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we would be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 10, while the amounts paid by year through January 31, 2015 are included in the table below.
As of the date of acquisition, we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement would be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target would be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors.
As of February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned was greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carried over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeding both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods exceeding the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a significant reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement. The change in fair value of contingent consideration charge in each other period presented primarily reflected the passage of time using an appropriate discount rate at that time rather than significant changes in our assumptions related to the probability of the amounts being earned or discount rate assumptions.
A summary of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including current and non-current amounts, is as follows (in thousands):

82

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	
 	Fiscal 2013	
 	Fiscal 2012	
 	
Balance at beginning of year	$	14,725	
 	$	14,450	
 	$	13,145	
 	
Change in fair value of contingent consideration	275	
 	275	
 	6,285	
 	
Contingent consideration payments made to sellers during the year	(2,500	)	—	
 	(4,980	)	
Balance at end of year	$	12,500	
 	$	14,725	
 	$	14,450	
 	
Other Non-current Liabilities
Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our operating lease agreements as discussed below, deferred compensation as discussed above, and an environmental remediation reserve as discussed in Note 6.
Leases
In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, restaurant, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property and equipment and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays and/or landlord build-out-related allowances, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and does not assume that any termination options included in the lease will be exercised. The amount by which rents payable under the lease since lease inception differs from the amount recognized on a straight-line basis since lease inception is recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 was $44.5 million and $37.8 million, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.
If we vacate leased space and determine that we do not plan to use the space in the future, we recognize a loss for any future rent payments, less any anticipated future sublease income and adjusted for any deferred rent amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet on that date. Additionally, for any lease that we terminate and agree to a lease termination payment, we recognize in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations a loss for the lease termination payment at the time of the agreement. No material amounts of such charges were incurred in any period presented.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we generate net sales or incur expenses in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective operations. We have determined that the functional currency for substantially all of our operations is the respective local currency. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency are remeasured into the respective functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are remeasured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such remeasurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in that period. Net gains (losses) related to foreign currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 were not material to our consolidated financial statements.
Additionally, the financial statements of our operations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period.

83

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments, which include our forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. The criteria used to determine if a derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are whether an appropriate hedging instrument has been identified and designated to reduce a specific exposure and whether there is a high correlation between changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the identified exposure based on the nature of the hedging relationship. Based on the nature of the hedging relationship, a qualifying derivative is designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign business. As of January 31, 2015, all of our derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are designated as cash flow hedges.
We formally document hedging instruments and hedging relationships at the inception of each contract. Further, we assess both at the inception of a contract and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the risk of the hedged transaction. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings. Cash flows related to hedging transactions are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of operations in the same category as the items being hedged.
We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Other than our interest rate swap agreement, noted below, we did not hold any derivative financial instruments, which had not been settled, that were not designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 and no significant ineffectiveness was recorded on qualifying hedges during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012.
The counterparties to our derivative contracts are generally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. To manage our credit risk related to our derivative financial instruments, we periodically monitor the credit risk of our counterparties, limit our exposure in the aggregate and to any single counterparty, and adjust our hedging position, as appropriate. The impact of credit risk, as well as the ability of each party to fulfill its obligations under our derivative financial instruments, is considered in determining the fair value of the contracts. Historically, credit risk has not had a significant effect on the fair value of our derivative contracts. We do not have any credit risk-related contingent features or collateral requirements with our derivative financial instruments.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
As of January 31, 2015, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which are primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currencies of the businesses; (2) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in currencies other than the applicable functional currencies; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than the functional currencies by certain of our foreign operations. Historically, we have entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our Ben Sherman United Kingdom business using pound sterling for the purchase of United States dollars, which are used for inventory purchases, and for the sale of Euro, which are generated from Ben Sherman operations in continental Europe, for pound sterling. Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of cash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for these international operations.
The fair values of forward foreign currency exchange contracts are determined by us based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflect the amounts that we would receive or pay at the short-term maturity dates for contracts involving the

84

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

same currencies and maturity dates. All forward foreign currency exchange contracts that had not been settled as of January 31, 2015 have contractual settlement dates during the next 18 months. Thus, we anticipate that the substantial majority of gains (losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of January 31, 2015 that are ultimately realized will impact net earnings in the next 18 months as the contracts are settled. The notional amount of forward foreign currency exchange contracts which had not been settled that qualify as hedges for accounting purposes totaled $13.7 million and $27.7 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.
Interest Rate Risk Management
As of January 31, 2015, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness, which include our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate. At times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.
In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we swap the interest rate on certain of our variable-rate borrowings ranging from $25 million to $45 million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed-rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. As of January 31, 2015, we do not have any other interest rate swap agreements. During Fiscal 2013, this interest rate swap qualified for hedge accounting; however, as of January 31, 2015, the interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting resulting in the fair value of the interest rate swap being charged to our consolidated statements of operations.
The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined by us based on dealer quotes, which consider forward curves and volatility levels using observable market inputs when available.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows:
 	 	
•	Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.	

•	Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.	

•	Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.	
Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, forward foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, fair value of contingent consideration and debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts

85

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

payable and accrued expenses generally approximate their fair values. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings approximate fair value.
The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities (in thousands) measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, each of which are discussed in further detail above:

 	Total Fair Value	Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)	Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)	Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)	
January 31, 2015	 	 	 	 	
Financial Assets:	 	 	 	 	
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts	$	746	
 	$	—	
 	$	746	
 	$	—	
 	
Financial Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate swap agreements	$	4	
 	$	—	
 	$	4	
 	$	—	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration	$	12,500	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	12,500	
 	
February 1, 2014	 	 	 	 	
Financial Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts	$	285	
 	$	—	
 	$	285	
 	$	—	
 	
Interest rate swap agreements	$	50	
 	$	—	
 	$	50	
 	$	—	
 	
Fair value of contingent consideration (current and non-current)	$	14,725	
 	$	—	
 	$	—	
 	$	14,725	
 	
For a description of the methods used for determining the fair values of the financial instruments included in the table above, refer to the accounting policy description for the respective financial instrument included above. Additionally, we have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, for which the book values are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4, are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values for each of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs.
Equity Compensation
We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize equity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values on the grant date. The fair values of restricted shares and restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based.
Using the fair value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the equity awards over the specified service and performance period, as applicable. For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respective service period. For performance-based awards, during the performance period we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and adjust the cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The equity compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any additional required service period.
Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and the net unrealized gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges which qualify for hedge accounting, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements. These

86

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon settlement of the agreement, amounts related to foreign currency contracts are recognized as a part of the cost of inventory being hedged in our consolidated balance sheets and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold, while amounts related to interest rate swap agreements are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as an adjustment to interest expense on the individual payment dates of the agreements. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to our consolidated statements of operations were not material in any period presented. For each period presented substantially all amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss reflect the foreign currency translation of our international operations of Ben Sherman into United States dollars.
Dividends
Dividends are accrued at the time declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers
We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our accounts receivable balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to customers operating in a number of retail distribution channels in the United States and other countries. In our wholesale channel of distribution we often extend credit terms to our customers that satisfy defined credit criteria. We continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. No individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012. Additionally, no individual customer represented 10% or more of our consolidated accounts receivable as of January 31, 2015.
Income Taxes
Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

87

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the relevant taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Alternatively, derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations.
In the case of foreign subsidiaries there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider substantially all of our investments in and undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of January 31, 2015 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these amounts in our consolidated financial statements.
We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the vesting of shares granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference, multiplied by the appropriate tax rate, between (1) the fair value of the share at the time of vesting of a restricted share award and (2) the amount required to be paid by the employee, if any. We record the tax benefit associated with the vesting of share awards granted to employees as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent the tax benefit relates to the value of awards recognized as compensation expense in our financial statements, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional tax benefit is recorded directly to shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. If a tax benefit is realized on compensation of an amount less than the amount recorded for financial statement purposes, the decrease in benefit is also recorded directly to shareholders' equity.
We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before January 29, 2011, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.
Earnings Per Share
Basic net earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net earnings amount by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Shares repurchased are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.
Diluted net earnings per share are calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculations also includes the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards, if any, were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, which will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming the conversion of the share-based awards.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 2014

88

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In March 2013, the FASB issued revised guidance that requires an entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net earnings when it ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity. This guidance was adopted by us in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2014 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as no change in our ownership interests in our foreign subsidiaries occurred in Fiscal 2014.
In April 2014, the FASB issued revised guidance, which raises the threshold used to determine whether revenues and expenses associated with dispositions are reclassified to discontinued operations in the statement of operations. Under the new guidance, only asset sales that represent a strategic shift in operations would be reclassified to discontinued operations, while other asset sales would remain in continuing operations. This guidance was adopted by us in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as no dispositions occurred in Fiscal 2014 and no material amounts qualified as held for sale in Fiscal 2014.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years
In May 2014, the FASB issued revised guidance which provides a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. This guidance supersedes most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. Under this model, revenue is recognized at an amount that a company expects to be entitled to upon transferring control of goods or services to a customer, as opposed to when risks and rewards transfer to a customer. The new guidance is effective for us beginning in our fiscal year 2017, and may be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented or through a cumulative adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance in the year of adoption. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the new guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operated through our operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.
Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective tradenames and also license their tradenames for other product categories, while Lanier Clothes designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's tailored clothing and other apparel products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.
The tables below present certain information about our operating groups (in thousands):

89

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Net sales	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	627,498	
 	$	584,941	
 	$	528,639	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	167,736	
 	137,943	
 	122,592	
 	
Lanier Clothes	112,934	
 	109,530	
 	107,272	
 	
Ben Sherman	77,481	
 	67,218	
 	81,922	
 	
Corporate and Other	12,157	
 	17,465	
 	15,117	
 	
Total	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	$	855,542	
 	
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	27,412	
 	$	24,806	
 	$	18,551	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	4,616	
 	3,215	
 	2,402	
 	
Lanier Clothes	350	
 	347	
 	421	
 	
Ben Sherman	3,082	
 	3,154	
 	2,889	
 	
Corporate and Other	2,186	
 	2,380	
 	2,072	
 	
Total	$	37,646	
 	$	33,902	
 	$	26,335	
 	
Operating Income (Loss)	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	71,132	
 	$	72,207	
 	$	69,454	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	32,190	
 	25,951	
 	20,267	
 	
Lanier Clothes	10,849	
 	10,828	
 	10,840	
 	
Ben Sherman	(10,832	)	(13,131	)	(10,898	)	
Corporate and Other	(19,736	)	(11,185	)	(20,692	)	
Total operating income	83,603	
 	84,670	
 	68,971	
 	
Interest expense, net	3,483	
 	4,169	
 	8,939	
 	
Loss on repurchase of senior notes	—	
 	—	
 	9,143	
 	
Earnings Before Income Taxes	$	80,120	
 	$	80,501	
 	$	50,889	

 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Purchases of Property and Equipment	 	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	35,782	
 	$	30,810	
 	$	46,392	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	7,335	
 	10,343	
 	4,576	
 	
Lanier Clothes	1,740	
 	30	
 	593	
 	
Ben Sherman	4,290	
 	1,137	
 	3,997	
 	
Corporate and Other	1,208	
 	1,052	
 	5,144	
 	
Total	$	50,355	
 	$	43,372	
 	$	60,702	

90

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
Total Assets	 	 	
Tommy Bahama	$	428,835	
 	$	408,599	
 	
Lilly Pulitzer	108,969	
 	101,704	
 	
Lanier Clothes	35,152	
 	39,989	
 	
Ben Sherman	78,568	
 	79,299	
 	
Corporate and Other	(6,457	)	(2,286	)	
Total	$	645,067	
 	$	627,305	
 	
Net book value of our property and equipment, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
United States	$	140,104	
 	$	124,894	
 	
United Kingdom and Europe	7,764	
 	7,086	
 	
Other foreign	7,208	
 	9,539	
 	
Total	$	155,076	
 	$	141,519	
 	
Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
United States	$	904,647	
 	$	843,620	
 	$	793,289	
 	
United Kingdom and Europe	55,159	
 	45,488	
 	51,536	
 	
Other foreign	38,000	
 	27,989	
 	10,717	
 	
Total	$	997,806	
 	$	917,097	
 	$	855,542	

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
Land	$	1,594	
 	$	1,594	
 	
Buildings and improvements	29,301	
 	28,727	
 	
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology	161,130	
 	140,616	
 	
Leasehold improvements	189,417	
 	168,950	
 	
Subtotal	381,442	
 	339,887	
 	
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(226,366	)	(198,368	)	
Total property and equipment, net	$	155,076	
 	$	141,519	

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):

91

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
   Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired license rights and customer relationships:	$	52,668	
 	$	55,050	
 	
   Accumulated amortization	(44,375	)	(43,488	)	
Total intangible assets with finite lives, net	8,293	
 	11,562	
 	
Intangible assets with indefinite lives:	 	 	
Trademarks	159,477	
 	161,461	
 	
Total intangible assets, net	$	167,770	
 	$	173,023	
 	
The changes in carrying amount of intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 	Tommy Bahama	Lilly Pulitzer	Ben Sherman	Total	
Balance, January 28, 2012	$	111,964	
 	$	30,028	
 	$	23,201	
 	$	165,193	
 	
Amortization	(384	)	(389	)	(252	)	(1,025	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	—	
 	—	
 	149	
 	149	
 	
Balance, February 2, 2013	111,580	
 	29,639	
 	23,098	
 	164,317	
 	
Acquisition of reacquired license rights	11,041	
 	—	
 	—	
 	11,041	
 	
Amortization	(1,687	)	(329	)	(209	)	(2,225	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(1,076	)	—	
 	966	
 	(110	)	
Balance, February 1, 2014	119,858	
 	29,310	
 	23,855	
 	173,023	
 	
Amortization	(2,004	)	(278	)	(199	)	(2,481	)	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(751	)	—	
 	(2,021	)	(2,772	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	$	117,103	
 	$	29,032	
 	$	21,635	
 	$	167,770	
 	
Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for each of the next five years is expected to be $2.1 million, $1.9 million, $1.8 million, $1.6 million and $0.2 million.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 	Tommy Bahama	Lilly Pulitzer	Total	
Balance, January 28, 2012	$	—	
 	$	16,495	
 	$	16,495	
 	
Acquisition	780	
 	—	
 	780	
 	
Balance, February 2, 2013	780	
 	16,495	
 	17,275	
 	
Acquisition	247	
 	—	
 	247	
 	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(123	)	—	
 	(123	)	
Balance, February 1, 2014	904	
 	16,495	
 	17,399	
 	
Other, including foreign currency changes	(104	)	—	
 	(104	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	$	800	
 	$	16,495	
 	$	17,295	
 	
Note 5. Debt
The following table details our debt (in thousands):

92

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	January 31, 2015	February 1, 2014	
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)	$	104,842	
 	$	137,592	
 	
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")(2)	4,126	
 	3,993	
 	
Total debt	108,968	
 	141,585	
 	
Short-term debt	(4,126	)	(3,993	)	
Long-term debt	$	104,842	
 	$	137,592	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 1.8% as of January 31, 2015), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.	

(2)	The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin (4.0% as of January 31, 2015); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.	

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit when issues. As of January 31, 2015, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of January 31, 2015, we had $125.8 million and $2.3 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings.
Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties
Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.
Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.
We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements. During Fiscal 2014 and as of January 31, 2015, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit

93

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of January 31, 2015, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.
Senior Secured Notes
In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the senior secured notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, and the related write-off of $1.7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $1.4 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption of the senior secured notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the senior secured notes and the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies
We have operating lease agreements for retail space, restaurants, warehouses and sales and administrative offices as well as equipment with varying terms. Total rent expense, which includes minimum and contingent rent expense incurred, but excludes the reduction in rent expense associated with the write-off of deferred rent amounts upon the exit or decision to exit retail stores, if any, under all leases was $82.5 million, $72.3 million and $62.9 million in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively. Most leases provide for payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and many retail leases provide for contingent rent based on retail sales, which are included in total rent expense above. These payments for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense above, but are not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments below, as, in some cases, the amounts payable in future periods are not quantified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $21.7 million, $18.8 million and $16.1 million in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, which includes $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million of contingent percentage rent during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.
As of January 31, 2015, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $65.8 million, $62.7 million, $59.2 million, $53.0 million, $49.5 million and $222.1 million for each of the next five years and thereafter.
As of January 31, 2015, we are also obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $5.6 million, $6.1 million and $4.7 million for Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.
During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil, although the timing of such remedial action is uncertain. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the reserve for the remediation of this site was $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up the site, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the remediation activities required and timing of those activities become known. No material amounts related to this reserve were recorded in the statements of operations in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012.
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity
Common Stock
We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014. We had 16.5 million and 16.4 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, respectively.
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan

94

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

As of January 31, 2015, 1.2 million shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant stock-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. No additional grants are available under any predecessor plans. Subsequent to December 2003, performance- and service-based restricted shares and restricted share units have been the primary vehicle in our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of share-based compensation awards.
Restricted share awards and restricted share unit awards recently granted to officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. At the time that restricted shares are issued, the shareholder may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, be entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock unless the shares are forfeited. At the time that restricted share units are issued, the recipient may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, earn non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividend paid per share to holders of our common stock, but does not obtain voting rights associated with the restricted share units. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares or restricted share units, and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment, prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by our compensation committee or Board of Directors, as applicable.
The table below summarizes the restricted share award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013, and Fiscal 2012:

 	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
 	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	Number of
Shares	Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value	
Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year	56,521	
 	$	47	
 	487,500	
 	$	12	
 	497,500	
 	$	12	
 	
Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued	35,641	
 	$	78	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards	—	
 	$	—	
 	59,129	
 	$	47	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability	—	
 	$	—	
 	(487,500	)	$	12	
 	—	
 	$	—	
 	
Restricted shares forfeited	(990	)	78	
 	(2,608	)	$	43	
 	(10,000	)	$	23	
 	
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year	91,172	
 	$	59	
 	56,521	
 	$	47	
 	487,500	
 	$	12	
 	
During each of Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we granted performance awards to certain officers and other key employees with the opportunity to earn 0.1 million restricted share units, in the aggregate. Each performance award provided the recipient with the opportunity to earn restricted share awards contingent upon our achievement of certain performance objectives during the respective Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 performance periods. Each of the performance-based awards require that the employee remain employed by the company for a specified period after the respective performance period.
During Fiscal 2012, 59,000 of restricted share units were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2012 performance period and were issued in March 2013. During Fiscal 2013, no restricted share units were earned as the performance objectives for Fiscal 2013 were not achieved. During Fiscal 2014, approximately 90,000 of restricted share awards were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2014 performance period and issued in Fiscal 2015, however these awards were not included in

95

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

the table above or the table below as the awards had not been issued as of January 31, 2015. These 90,000 shares had a grant date fair value of $78 per share and vest in April 2017.
The following table summarizes information about the unvested restricted share awards as of January 31, 2015. The unvested restricted share units will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time.

Grant	Number of
Unvested Share Awards	Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant	Vesting
Date	
Fiscal 2012 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards	56,521	
 	$	47	
 	March 2016	
Fiscal 2014 Service-based Restricted Share Awards	34,651	
 	$	78	
 	April 2017	
Total	91,172	
 	 	 	
As of January 31, 2015, there was $7.8 million, in the aggregate, of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted share awards, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested, including the Fiscal 2014 performance-based awards issued in Fiscal 2015. This expense is expected to be recognized from February 1, 2015 through April 2017, when the Fiscal 2014 awards vest.
In addition, we grant restricted share or restricted share unit awards to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director's compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of January 31, 2015, less than 0.1 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
There were 0.5 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of January 31, 2015. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Stock compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in each of Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.
Preferred Stock
We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 31, 2015 or February 1, 2014.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table details the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss by component (in thousands), net of related income taxes during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.

96

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)	Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges	Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)	
Balance, January 28, 2012	$	(24,157	)	$	483	
 	$	(23,674	)	
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes	171	
 	(1,082	)	(911	)	
Balance, February 2, 2013	(23,986	)	(599	)	(24,585	)	
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes	703	
 	264	
 	967	
 	
Balance, February 1, 2014	(23,283	)	(335	)	(23,618	)	
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes	(7,617	)	1,081	
 	(6,536	)	
Balance, January 31, 2015	$	(30,900	)	$	746	
 	$	(30,154	)	
Note 8. Income Taxes
The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

 	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	Fiscal  
 2012	
Earnings before income taxes:	 	 	 	
Domestic	$	90,254	
 	$	98,476	
 	$	63,429	
 	
Foreign	(10,134	)	(17,975	)	(12,540	)	
Earnings before income taxes	$	80,120	
 	$	80,501	
 	$	50,889	

Income taxes:	 	 	 	
Current:	 	 	 	
Federal	$	32,298	
 	$	30,190	
 	$	21,682	
 	
State	4,601	
 	3,911	
 	2,365	
 	
Foreign	652	
 	423	
 	(724	)	
 	37,551	
 	34,524	
 	23,323	
 	
Deferred—primarily Federal	(3,114	)	1,343	
 	(3,271	)	
Deferred—Foreign	(75	)	(657	)	(480	)	
Income taxes	$	34,362	
 	$	35,210	
 	$	19,572	
 	
Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

97

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fiscal  
 2014	Fiscal  
 2013	Fiscal  
 2012	
Statutory tax rate	35.0	%	35.0	 %	35.0	 %	
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit	3.1	%	3.1	 %	3.0	 %	
Impact of foreign operations (1)	1.9	%	2.6	 %	3.3	 %	
Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards (2)	2.8	%	4.5	 %	4.1	 %	
Reduction in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits (3)	—	%	—	 %	(3.7	)%	
Change in assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings	—	%	—	 %	(1.9	)%	
Other, net	0.1	%	(1.5	)%	(1.3	)%	
Effective tax rate for continuing operations	42.9	%	43.7	 %	38.5	 %	
(1) Impact of foreign operations primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions on foreign losses.
(2) Valuation allowance against foreign losses primarily reflects the valuation allowance recognized due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period.
(3) Fiscal 2012 included a $2.2 million reduction in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 	January 31,
2015	February 1,
2014	
Deferred Tax Assets:	 	 	
Inventories	$	15,385	
 	$	14,674	
 	
Accrued compensation and benefits	11,727	
 	7,993	
 	
Receivable allowances and reserves	2,439	
 	2,187	
 	
Depreciation and amortization	2,038	
 	1,988	
 	
Deferred rent and lease obligations	3,729	
 	3,315	
 	
Operating loss and other carry-forwards	6,907	
 	6,730	
 	
Other, net	1,408	
 	1,014	
 	
Deferred tax assets	43,633	
 	37,901	
 	
Deferred Tax Liabilities:	 	 	
Acquired intangible assets	(43,885	)	(43,364	)	
Deferred tax liabilities	(43,885	)	(43,364	)	
Valuation allowance	(8,457	)	(6,831	)	
Net deferred tax liability	$	(8,709	)	$	(12,294	)	

As of January 31, 2015 our operating loss and other carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and Canada, each of which provides for operating loss carry-forwards of at least 20 years. Substantially all of our valuation allowance of $8.5 million and $6.8 million relates to the foreign operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in these jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance considered necessary, however, could decrease in the future if our historical operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results increase, particularly if, in future years, objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.

98

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

No deferred tax liabilities related to our original investments in our foreign subsidiaries and foreign earnings, if any, were recorded at either balance sheet date, as substantially all our original investments and earnings related to our foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States. Further, because the financial basis in each foreign entity does not exceed the tax basis by an amount exceeding undistributed earnings, no additional United States tax would be due if the original investment were to be repatriated in the future. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of $5.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively, which were considered permanently reinvested. These undistributed earnings could become subject to United States taxes if they are remitted as dividends or as a result of certain other types of intercompany transactions. The amount of deferred tax liability not recognized on permanently reinvested foreign earnings that would be payable if the earnings were repatriated to the United States is $0.4 million as of January 31, 2015.
Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset all current deferred tax liabilities and assets within each particular tax jurisdiction and present them as a single amount in our consolidated balance sheets. A similar procedure is followed for all non-current deferred tax liabilities and assets. Amounts in different tax jurisdictions cannot be offset against each other. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in the following line items in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 	January 31,
2015	February 1,
2014	
Assets:	 	 	
Deferred tax assets	$	24,503	
 	$	20,465	
 	
Liabilities:	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	(33,212	)	(32,759	)	
Net deferred tax liability	$	(8,709	)	$	(12,294	)	
As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 and during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we did not have any material unrecognized tax benefit amounts or material changes in such amounts except for the Fiscal 2012 $2.2 million reduction in uncertain tax positions reflecting the expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes. The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. The net impact on our consolidated financial statements for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 for potential penalty and interest expense related to these unrecognized tax benefits was not material.
Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans
We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 was $3.2 million, $2.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
Note 10. Related Party Transactions
SunTrust
SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("SunTrust") is one of our principal shareholders, with the ability to direct the voting of approximately 5% of our outstanding common stock at December 31, 2014, which we believe SunTrust holds in various fiduciary and agency capacities. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, one of our directors, is Chairman, President and CEO of the Atlanta division of SunTrust Bank and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.

99

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as lead arranger and bookrunner in connection with our Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 refinancings of our credit facility. The services provided and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):

Service	Fiscal 2014	Fiscal 2013	Fiscal 2012	
Interest and agent fees for our credit facility	$	606	
 	$	696	
 	$	569	
 	
Cash management services	$	92	
 	$	92	
 	$	106	
 	
Lead arranger, bookrunner and upfront fees	$	—	
 	$	254	
 	$	616	
 	
Other	$	9	
 	$	6	
 	$	9	
 	
Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
In addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chairman and retired Chief Executive Officer, served on the board of directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.
Contingent Consideration Agreement
In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during Fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition are entitled to earn up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration was comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of Fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.
Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain family members, held a 50% ownership interest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition continue to manage the Lilly Pulitzer operations.
As a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the earnings targets specified in the contingent consideration agreement, the maximum $20 million amount was earned in full, including $7.5 million which was paid prior to January 31, 2015 and the $12.5 million remaining obligation related to this agreement included in contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015. We anticipate paying the remaining obligation of $12.5 million in Fiscal 2015.
Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)
Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summary of our Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):

100

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	First
Quarter	Second
Quarter	Third
Quarter	Fourth
Quarter	Total	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	$	257,649	
 	$	246,246	
 	$	219,457	
 	$	274,454	
 	$	997,806	
 	
Gross profit	$	147,328	
 	$	145,415	
 	$	112,946	
 	$	148,990	
 	$	554,679	
 	
Operating income	$	28,469	
 	$	26,825	
 	$	2,606	
 	$	25,703	
 	$	83,603	
 	
Net earnings (loss)	$	14,969	
 	$	15,069	
 	$	(74	)	$	15,794	
 	$	45,758	
 	
Net earnings (loss) per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic and diluted	$	0.91	
 	$	0.92	
 	$	—	
 	$	0.96	
 	$	2.78	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	16,418	
 	16,425	
 	16,435	
 	16,440	
 	16,429	
 	
Diluted	16,450	
 	16,460	
 	16,435	
 	16,501	
 	16,471	

Fiscal 2013	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	$	234,203	
 	$	235,024	
 	$	197,506	
 	$	250,364	
 	$	917,097	
 	
Gross profit	$	134,075	
 	$	136,849	
 	$	104,785	
 	$	137,865	
 	$	513,574	
 	
Operating income	$	26,061	
 	$	27,712	
 	$	4,551	
 	$	26,346	
 	$	84,670	
 	
Net earnings	$	13,623	
 	$	15,806	
 	$	889	
 	$	14,973	
 	$	45,291	
 	
Net earnings per share:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic and diluted	$	0.82	
 	$	0.96	
 	$	0.05	
 	$	0.91	
 	$	2.75	
 	
Weighted average shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	16,586	
 	16,394	
 	16,406	
 	16,414	
 	16,450	
 	
Diluted	16,611	
 	16,423	
 	16,435	
 	16,444	
 	16,482	
 	
The sum of the quarterly net earnings (loss) per share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. Both Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 included 52 weeks. The fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 included a LIFO accounting charge of $2.6 million with no significant LIFO charge in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013. The fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013 included a gain on sale of property of $1.6 million.
Note 12. Subsequent Event
On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of shareholders.

101

SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A	Column B	Column C	 	Column D	 	Column E	
Description	Balance at
Beginning
of Period	Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses	Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe	Deductions–
Describe	 	Balance at
End of
Period	
 	(In thousands)	
Fiscal 2014	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	9,684	
 	$	10,500	
 	—	
 	$	(10,844	)	(3)	$	9,340	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	641	
 	319	
 	—	
 	(210	)	(4)	750	
 	
Fiscal 2013	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	11,094	
 	$	11,245	
 	—	
 	$	(12,655	)	(3)	$	9,684	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	1,005	
 	(406	)	—	
 	42	
 	(4)	641	
 	
Fiscal 2012	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deducted from asset accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable reserves(1)	$	8,429	
 	$	11,238	
 	—	
 	$	(8,573	)	(3)	$	11,094	
 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)	1,980	
 	132	
 	—	
 	(1,107	)	(4)	1,005	
 	
_______________________________________________________________________________
 	 	
(1)	Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.	

(2)	Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.	

(3)	Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.	

(4)	Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.	

102

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 30, 2015

103

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the updated framework issued in 2013 by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 31, 2015.
Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, and its report thereon is included herein.

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	 	/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	
March 30, 2015	 	March 30, 2015	

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system's objectives will be met.

104

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.

We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’s (the Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria .

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 2014 consolidated financial statements of Oxford Industries, Inc. and our report dated March 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 30, 2015

105

Item 9B.    Other Information
On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors, following the recommendation of our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee, amended our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “plan”) to:
 	 	
•	eliminate certain “share recycling” provisions previously permitted under Section 3(b) of the plan;	
 	 	
•	delete a “reload option” feature previously permitted under Section 5(d) of the plan;	
 	 	
•	require a minimum one year vesting period (which is inclusive of any performance period, for performance-based awards) for employee awards granted in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares or restricted share units;	
 	 	
•	clarify that for any performance-based restricted share units, the performance period commencement date is not necessarily required to be triggered by the grant date of such an award;	
 	 	
•	amend Section 15(b) of the plan to expressly prohibit the re-pricing of any stock appreciation right without the approval of shareholders; and	
 	 	
•	amend Section 15(b) of the plan to expressly prohibit the purchase or buyout of underwater options and stock appreciation rights without the approval of shareholders.	

The amendments to the plan do not require shareholder approval. The foregoing description of the amendments to the plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the plan, as amended and restated, which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors as of January 31, 2015:

Name	Principal Occupation	
Thomas C. Chubb III	Mr. Chubb is our Chief Executive Officer and President.	
Thomas C. Gallagher	Mr. Gallagher is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Genuine Parts Company, a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials.	
George C. Guynn	Mr. Guynn was President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta until his retirement in 2006.	
John R. Holder	Mr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a commercial and residential real estate development, leasing and management company.	
J. Hicks Lanier	Mr. Lanier is our Chairman and was our Chief Executive Officer until his retirement in 2012.	
J. Reese Lanier	Mr. Lanier was self-employed in farming and related businesses until his retirement in 2009.	
Dennis M. Love	Mr. Love is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc., a manufacturer of flexible and specialty rigid packaging.	
Clarence H. Smith	Mr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.	
Clyde C. Tuggle	Mr. Tuggle is Senior Vice President and Chief Public Affairs and Communications Officer of The Coca-Cola Company.	
Helen B. Weeks	Ms. Weeks founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, and was its Chief Executive Officer until her retirement in 2002.	
E. Jenner Wood III	Mr. Wood is Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Atlanta Division of SunTrust Bank and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.	
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of January 31, 2015:

106

 	
 	 	
Name	Position Held	
Thomas C. Chubb III	Chief Executive Officer and President	
Scott A. Beaumont	CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group	
Thomas E. Campbell	Executive Vice President - Law and Administration, General Counsel and Secretary	
K. Scott Grassmyer	Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller	
J. Wesley Howard, Jr. 	President, Lanier Clothes	
Mark Maidment	CEO, Ben Sherman Group	
Terry R. Pillow	CEO, Tommy Bahama Group	
Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
        (a)    1.  Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:
 	 	
•	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.	

107

 	 	
•	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.	

•	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.	

•	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.	
                 2.     Financial Statement Schedules
 	 	
•	Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.
(b)   Exhibits

2.1	
 	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other sellers party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010.	
3.1	
 	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.	
3.2	
 	Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2014.	
10.1	
 	Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.†	
10.2	
 	Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 24, 2015.*	
10.3	
 	Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Program for Fiscal 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2012.†	
10.4	
 	Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Equity Award Agreement (Fiscal 2014 Performance-Based). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2014.†	
10.5	
 	Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed April 4, 2014.†
 	
10.6	
 	Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.	
10.7	
 	First Amendment to Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide LLC, and SWI Holdings, Inc., on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sellers. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.	
10.8	
 	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.	
10.9	
 	Third Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.	
10.10	
 	First Amendment, dated November 21, 2013, to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2013.	
10.11	
 	Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective June 13, 2012). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012.†	
10.12	
 	Executive Post-Retirement Benefits Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between Oxford Industries, Inc. and J. Hicks Lanier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.†	
10.13	
 	Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2013). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 19, 2013, filed on May 17, 2013.†	

108

 	
 	 	 	
21	
 	List of Subsidiaries.*	
23	
 	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*	
24	
 	Powers of Attorney.*	
31.1	
 	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
31.2	
 	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*	
32	
 	Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.*	
101INS	
 	XBRL Instance Document	
101SCH	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	
101CAL	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document	
101DEF	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document	
101LAB	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document	
101PRE	
 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document	

_______________________________________________________________________________

 	 	
*	Filed herewith	
††	Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.	
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.
Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.

109

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 	Oxford Industries, Inc.	
 	By:	/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	
 	 	Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chief Executive Officer and President	

Date: March 30, 2015 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Capacity	Date	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer) and
Director	 	 	
Thomas C. Chubb III	 	March 30, 2015	 	 	
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)	 	 	 	
K. Scott Grassmyer	 	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Thomas C. Gallagher	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
George C. Guynn	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
John R. Holder	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
J. Hicks Lanier	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
J. Reese Lanier	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Dennis M. Love	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Clarence H. Smith	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Clyde C. Tuggle	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
Helen B. Weeks	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
*	 	 	 	 	
E. Jenner Wood III	Director	March 30, 2015	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
*By	/s/ THOMAS E. CAMPBELL	 	 	 	 	
 	Thomas E. Campbell
 as Attorney-in-Fact	 	 	 	 	

110

Exhibit 10.2
OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(as of March 24, 2015)

1.Purpose. The purpose of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain employees and directors for Oxford Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries and to provide such persons with incentives and rewards for superior performance.

2.Definitions. The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(a)“Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit.

(b)“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c)“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(d)“Committee” means a committee of the Board charged with administering the Plan as described in Section 4. For Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will be composed of two or more outside Directors as described in Treas. Reg. 1.162-27(e)(3).

(e)“Company” means Oxford Industries, Inc., a Georgia corporation, or any successor corporation.

(f)“Director” means a member of the Board.

(g)“Employee” means any person, including an officer, employed by the Company or a Subsidiary.

(h)“Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Committee from time to time in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of an Award, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price for the Shares reported on a consolidated basis on the New York Stock Exchange on the last day prior to the date in question or, if there were no sales on such date, the closing price on the nearest preceding date on which sales occurred.

(i)“Grant Date” means the date specified by the Committee on which a grant of an Award shall become effective, which shall not be earlier than the date on which the Committee completes the corporate action with respect thereto.

(j)“Option” means any option to purchase Shares granted under Section 5 of this Plan.

(k)“Optionee” means the person so designated in an agreement evidencing an outstanding Option.

(l)“Participant” means an Employee or nonemployee Director who is selected by the Committee to receive benefits under this Plan, provided that nonemployee Directors shall not be eligible to receive grants of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

(m)“Performance Objectives” means the performance criteria that may be established pursuant to this Plan for Participants who have received grants of Restricted Shares or Restricted Share Units. Performance Objectives may include the achievement of a specified target, or target growth in, one or more of the following: (i) earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); (ii) earnings before interest expense and taxes (“EBIT”); (iii) net earnings; (iv) net income; (v) operating income; (vi) earnings per share; (vii) book value per share; (viii) return on shareholders’ equity; (ix) capital expenditures; (x) expenses and expense ratio management; (xi) return on investment; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) profitability of an identifiable business unit or product; (xiv) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xv) stock price; (xvi) market share; (xvii) revenues or sales; (xviii) costs; (xix) cash flow; (xx) working capital; (xxi) return on (net) assets; (xxii) economic value added; (xxiii) gross or net profit before or after taxes or (xxiv) objectively determinable goals with respect to service or product delivery, service or product quality, inventory management, customer satisfaction, meeting budgets and/or retention of employees. Performance Objectives may relate to the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, one or more of its divisions or units or any combination of the foregoing, on a consolidated or nonconsolidated basis, and may be applied on an absolute basis or be relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any

1

combination thereof, all as the Committee determines. For Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, (i) these Performance Objectives will not be altered or replaced by any other criteria without ratification by the shareholders of the Company if failure to obtain such approval would result in jeopardizing the tax deductibility of such Awards to Participants; and (ii) the Performance Objectives applicable to an Award will be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

(n)“Performance Period” means a period of time established under Sections 7 and 8 of this Plan within which the Performance Objectives relating to a Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit are to be achieved.

(o)“Restricted Share” means a Share granted under Section 7 of this Plan.

(p)“Restricted Share Unit” means a bookkeeping entry that records the equivalent of one Restricted Share awarded pursuant to Section 8 of this Plan.

(q)“Shares” means shares of the Common Stock of the Company, $1.00 par value, or any security into which Shares may be converted by reason of any transaction or event of the type referred to in Section 10 of this Plan.

(r)“Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted under Section 6 of this Plan.

(s)“Subsidiary” means a corporation or other entity (i) more than 50 percent of whose outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of Directors or other managing authority) are, or (ii) which does not have outstanding shares or securities (as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association), but more than 50 percent of whose ownership interest (representing the right generally to make decisions for such other entity) is, now or hereafter owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the Company, provided that for purposes of determining whether any person may be a Participant for purposes of any grant of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code, “Subsidiary” means any corporation in which the Company owns or controls directly or indirectly more than 50 percent of the total combined voting power represented by all classes of stock issued by such corporation at the time of such grant.
 	 	
3.	Shares Available Under the Plan .	

(a)    Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 10 of this Plan, the number of Shares that may be (i) issued or transferred upon the exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, (ii) awarded as Restricted Shares and released from substantial risk of forfeiture, or (iii) issued or transferred in payment of Restricted Share Units shall not in the aggregate exceed 2,000,000 Shares. In no event, however, shall the number of Shares issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code exceed 200,000 Shares. Such Shares may be Shares of original issuance, Shares held in Treasury, or Shares that have been reacquired by the Company. Shares that were available for grant as of the effective date of this Plan as described in Section 16, or that thereafter otherwise become available for grant, under any stock option or restricted stock plan of the Company other than the Plan (including the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan, the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, and the Oxford Industries, Inc. 1997 Restricted Stock Plan (collectively, the “Pre-Existing Plans”)) shall be deemed null and void and shall not be granted or available for grant under the Pre-Existing Plans or under the Plan.

(b)    With respect to Awards for which Shares were transferred to Participants upon payment of the Option price upon exercise of a nonqualified stock option by the transfer to the Company of Shares or upon satisfaction of tax withholding obligations under the Plan by the transfer or relinquishment of Shares, there shall be deemed to have been issued or transferred only the number of Shares actually issued or transferred by the Company, less the number of Shares so transferred or relinquished. Upon the payment in cash of a benefit provided by any Award under the Plan, any Shares that were subject to such Award shall again be available for issuance or transfer under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Shares (i) which are subject to an Award that are tendered to, or withheld by, the Company in payment of the exercise price of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or (ii) that are subject to an Award and are relinquished, forfeited or otherwise tendered to the Company in satisfaction of tax and related withholding obligations, including as contemplated pursuant to Section 12 of this Plan, in any case after March 24, 2015, all such Shares so tendered, withheld, relinquished and/or forfeited shall be deemed to have been issued for purposes of the limitations set forth in the first sentence of Section 3(a) of this Plan.

(c)    No Participant may receive Awards representing more than 300,000 Shares at the time the grant is made in any one calendar year.

4.Administration of the Plan. This Plan shall be administered by one or more committees appointed by the Board. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of this Plan or of any agreement or document evidencing the grant of any Award

2

and any determination by the Committee pursuant to any provision of this Plan or any such agreement, notification or document, shall be final and conclusive. No member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any such action taken or determination made in good faith. For Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify in writing that the Performance Objectives and any other material terms of the Award were in fact satisfied prior to payment of such Awards.

5.Options. The Committee may from time to time authorize grants to Participants of Options upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)Each grant shall specify the number of Shares to which it pertains.

(b)Each grant shall specify an Option price per Share, which shall be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(c)Each grant shall specify the form of consideration to be paid in satisfaction of the Option price and the manner of payment of such consideration, which may include (i) cash in the form of currency or check or other cash equivalent acceptable to the Company, (ii) nonforfeitable, unrestricted Shares owned by the Optionee which have a value at the time of exercise that is equal to the Option price, (iii) any other legal consideration that the Committee may deem appropriate on such basis as the Committee may determine in accordance with this Plan, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

(d)[Intentionally Deleted.]

(e)Each Option grant may specify a period of continuous employment of the Optionee by the Company or any Subsidiary (or, in the case of a nonemployee Director, service on the Board) that is necessary before the Options or installments thereof shall become exercisable, and any grant may provide for the earlier exercise of such rights in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event. Without limitation of the foregoing but subject to the Committee’s discretion to include a provision permitting earlier exercise in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event, no Option grant to an Employee on or after March 24, 2015 shall permit such Employee to exercise any portion of the Option prior to the one year anniversary of the Grant Date of the Option.

(f)Options granted under this Plan may be incentive stock options as defined in Section 422 of the Code, nonqualified stock options (i.e., any option that is not designated as intended to qualify as an incentive stock option), or a combination of the foregoing, provided that only nonqualified stock options may be granted to nonemployee Directors. Each grant shall specify whether (or the extent to which) the Option is an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option. Notwithstanding any such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Options designated as incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as nonqualified stock options. No Option granted under this Plan may be exercised more than ten years from the Grant Date.

(g)Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement or other form of notice of the Award delivered to the Optionee and containing such terms and provisions as the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.

6.Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may from time to time authorize grants to Participants of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right is the right of the Participant to receive from the Company an amount, which shall be determined by the Committee and shall be expressed as a percentage (not exceeding 100 percent) of the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date and the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise. Any grant of Stock Appreciation Rights under this Plan shall be upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)Any grant may specify that the amount payable upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid by the Company in cash, Shares or any combination thereof and may (i) either grant to the Participant or reserve to the Committee the right to elect among those alternatives or (ii) preclude the right of the Participant to receive and the Company to issue Shares or other equity securities in lieu of cash.

(b)Any grant may specify that the amount payable upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not exceed a maximum specified by the Committee on the Grant Date.

3

(c)Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement or other form of notice of the Award delivered to the Participant, which shall describe the subject Stock Appreciation Rights, state that the Stock Appreciation Rights are subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and contain such other terms and provisions as the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.

(d)Each grant shall specify in respect of each Stock Appreciation Right the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(e)Successive grants may be made to the same Participant regardless of whether any Stock Appreciation Rights previously granted to such Participant remain unexercised.

(f)Each grant shall specify the period or periods of continuous employment (or, in the case of a nonemployee Director, service on the Board) of the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary that are necessary before the Stock Appreciation Rights or installments thereof shall become exercisable, as well as the permissible dates or periods on or during which Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable. Any grant may provide for the earlier exercise of such rights in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event. Without limitation of the foregoing but subject to the Committee’s discretion to include a provision permitting earlier exercise in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event, no Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee on or after March 24, 2015 shall permit such Employee to exercise any portion of the Stock Appreciation Right prior to the one year anniversary of the Grant Date of the Stock Appreciation Right.

7.Restricted Shares. The Committee may from time to time authorize grants to Participants of one or more Restricted Shares upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)Each grant shall constitute a transfer of the ownership of Shares to the Participant in consideration of the performance of services.

(b)Each grant may be made without additional consideration from the Participant or in consideration of a payment by the Participant that is less than the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

(c)Each grant may provide that the Restricted Shares covered thereby shall be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code for a period to be determined by the Committee on the Grant Date, and any grant or sale may provide for the earlier termination of such risk of forfeiture in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event. Without limitation of the foregoing but subject to the Committee’s discretion to include a provision permitting earlier exercise in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event, Restricted Shares granted to an Employee on or after March 24, 2015 shall be subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture for at least one year following the applicable Grant Date except for any performance awards to an Employee which is settled in Restricted Shares, for which the foregoing one year period shall be inclusive of any performance period with respect to such award combined with any period of a substantial risk of forfeiture.

(d)Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an award of Restricted Shares shall entitle the Participant to dividend, voting and other ownership rights, during the period for which such substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue.

(e)Each grant shall provide that, during the period for which a substantial risk of forfeiture is to continue, the transferability of the Restricted Shares shall be prohibited or restricted in the manner and to the extent prescribed by the Committee on the Grant Date. Such restrictions may include, without limitation, rights of repurchase or first refusal in the Company or provisions subjecting the Restricted Shares to a continuing substantial risk of forfeiture in the hands of any transferee.

(f)Any grant or the vesting thereof may be conditioned upon or further conditioned upon the attainment of Performance Objectives during a Performance Period as established by the Committee.

(g)Any grant may require that any or all dividends or other distributions paid on the Restricted Shares during the period of such restrictions be automatically sequestered and reinvested on an immediate or deferred basis in additional Shares, which may be subject to the same restrictions as the underlying Award or such other restrictions as the Committee may determine.

(h)Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement or other form of notice of the Award delivered to the Participant and containing such terms and provisions as the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan. Unless otherwise directed by the Committee, all certificates representing Restricted Shares, together with a stock power that shall be endorsed in blank by the Participant with respect to such Shares, shall be held in custody by the Company until all restrictions thereon lapse.

4

8.Restricted Share Units. The Committee may from time to time authorize grants of Restricted Share Units upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)Each grant shall specify the number of Restricted Share Units to which it pertains, which may be subject to adjustment to reflect changes in compensation or other factors.

(b)The Performance Period with respect to each Restricted Share Unit, if any, may be subject to earlier termination in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event.

(c)Each grant may specify in respect of the specified Performance Objectives a minimum acceptable level of achievement below which no payment will be made and may set forth a formula for determining the amount of any payment to be made if performance is at or above such minimum acceptable level but falls short of the maximum achievement of the specified Performance Objectives.

(d)Each grant shall specify the time and manner of payment of Restricted Share Units that shall have been earned, and any grant may specify that any such amount may be paid by the Company in cash, Shares or any combination thereof and may either grant to the Participant or reserve to the Committee the right to elect among those alternatives. Without limitation of the foregoing but subject to the Committee’s discretion to include a provision permitting earlier exercise in the event of a change in control of the Company or other similar transaction or event, Restricted Share Units granted to an Employee on or after March 24, 2015 shall not be settled for a period of at least one year following the applicable Grant Date except for any performance award to an Employee which is settled in Restricted Share Units, for which the foregoing one year period shall be inclusive of any performance period with respect to such award combined with any additional period prior to settlement.

(e)Any grant of Restricted Share Units may specify that the amount payable, or the number of Shares issued, with respect thereto may not exceed maximums specified by the Committee on the Grant Date.

(f)Any grant of Restricted Share Units may provide for the payment to the Participant of dividend equivalents thereon in cash or additional Shares on a current, deferred or contingent basis.

(g)If provided in the terms of the grant, the Committee may adjust Performance Objectives and the related minimum acceptable level of achievement if, in the sole judgment of the Committee, events or transactions have occurred after the Grant Date that are unrelated to the performance of the Participant and result in distortion of the Performance Objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to each Award intended to satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments may be made and will be effective only to the extent permitted by such requirements.

(h)Each grant shall be evidenced by an agreement or other form of notice of the Award delivered to the Participant, which shall state that the Restricted Share Units are subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and such other terms and provisions as the Committee may determine consistent with this Plan.
 	 	
9.	Transferability.	

(a)Except as provided in Section 9(b), no Award granted under this Plan shall be transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable during a Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, in the event of the Participant’s legal incapacity, by his guardian or legal representative acting in a fiduciary capacity on behalf of the Participant under state law. Any attempt to transfer an Award in violation of this Plan shall render such Award null and void.

(b)The Committee may expressly provide in an Award agreement (or an amendment to an Award agreement) that a Participant may transfer such Award (other than an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code), in whole or in part, to a spouse or lineal descendant (a “Family Member”), a trust for the exclusive benefit of Family Members, a partnership or other entity in which all the beneficial owners are Family Members, or any other entity affiliated with the Participant that may be approved by the Committee. Subsequent transfers of Awards shall be prohibited except in accordance with this Section 9(b). All terms and conditions of the Award, including provisions relating to the termination of the Participant’s employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary, shall continue to apply following a transfer made in accordance with this Section 9(b).

(c)    Any Award made under this Plan may provide that all or any part of the Shares that are (i) to be issued or transferred by the Company upon the exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or upon payment under any grant of Restricted Share Units,

5

or (ii) no longer subject to the substantial risk of forfeiture and restrictions on transfer referred to in Section 7 of this Plan, shall be subject to further restrictions upon transfer.

10.Adjustments. The Committee shall make or provide for such adjustments in the (a) number of Shares covered by outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units granted hereunder, (b) prices per share applicable to such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, and (c) kind of Shares covered thereby, as the Committee in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be equitably required in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants that otherwise would result from (x) any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other change in the capital structure of the Company, (y) any merger, consolidation, spin-off, spin-out, split-off, split-up, reorganization, or partial or complete liquidation or other distribution of assets (other than a normal cash dividend), or (z) any other event which would constitute an equity restructuring (as contemplated pursuant to the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may make or provide for such adjustments in the (a) number of Shares covered by outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units granted hereunder, (b) prices per share applicable to such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, and (c) kind of Shares covered thereby, as the Committee in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be equitably required in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants that otherwise would result from (x) any combination or exchange of Shares, (y) any issuance of rights or warrants to purchase securities or (z) any other corporate transaction or event having an effect similar to any of the foregoing. Moreover, in the event of any such transaction or event, the Committee may provide in substitution for any or all outstanding Awards under this Plan such alternative consideration as it may in good faith determine to be equitable under the circumstances and may require in connection therewith the surrender of all Awards so replaced. The Committee may also make or provide for such adjustments in the number of Shares specified in Section 3 of this Plan as the Committee in its sole discretion may in good faith determine to be appropriate in order to reflect any transaction or event described in this Section 10. Any actions taken under this Section 10 shall be made in accordance with any applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation restrictions with regard to the adjustment of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are considered exempt from Section 409A of the Code.

11.Fractional Shares. The Company shall not issue any fractional Shares pursuant to this Plan and shall settle any such fractional Shares in cash.

12.Withholding Taxes. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold federal, state, local or foreign taxes in connection with any payment made or benefit realized by a Participant or other person under this Plan, it shall be a condition to the receipt of such payment or the realization of such benefit that the Participant or such other person make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for payment of all such taxes required to be withheld. At the discretion of the Committee, such arrangements may include relinquishment of a portion of such benefit.

13.Certain Terminations of Employment, Hardship and Approved Leaves of Absence. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the event of termination of employment by reason of death, disability, normal retirement, early retirement with the consent of the Company or leave of absence approved by the Company, or in the event of hardship or other special circumstances, of a Participant who holds an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is not immediately and fully exercisable, any Restricted Shares as to which the substantial risk of forfeiture or the prohibition or restriction on transfer has not lapsed, any Restricted Share Units that have not been fully earned, or any Shares that are subject to any transfer restriction pursuant to Section 9(c) of this Plan, the Committee may in its sole discretion take any action that it deems to be equitable under the circumstances or in the best interests of the Company, including, without limitation, waiving or modifying any limitation or requirement with respect to any Award under this Plan; provided that, with respect to Awards intended to comply with the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may only exercise such discretion to the extent consistent with such requirements.

14.Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate the making of any grant or combination of grants under this Plan, the Committee may provide for such special terms for Awards to Participants who are foreign nationals, or who are employed by the Company or any Subsidiary outside of the United States of America, as the Committee may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of, this Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this Plan as in effect for any other purpose, provided that no such supplements, amendments, restatements or alternative versions shall include any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as then in effect, unless this Plan could have been amended to eliminate such inconsistency without further approval by the stockholders of the Company.

15.Amendments and Other Matters.

6

(a)This Plan may be amended from time to time by the Board, but no such amendment shall increase any of the limitations specified in Section 3 of this Plan, other than to reflect an adjustment made in accordance with Section 10, without the further approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(b)The Committee shall not re-price any Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or purchase, cancel or buy out an underwater Option or Stock Appreciation Right, except with the approval of the affirmative vote of the majority of Shares voting at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders.

(c)This Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment or other service with the Company or any Subsidiary and shall not interfere in any way with any right that the Company or any Subsidiary would otherwise have to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service at any time.

(d)To the extent that any provision of this Plan would prevent any Option that was intended to qualify under particular provisions of the Code from so qualifying, such provision of this Plan shall be null and void with respect to such Option, provided that such provision shall remain in effect with respect to other Options, and there shall be no further effect on any provision of this Plan.
    
16.Effective Date and Stockholder Approval. This Plan (a) was originally approved by the Board on July 27, 2004 and became effective upon its approval by the stockholders of the Company on October 4, 2004; (b) was subsequently amended by the Board on August 3, 2006 and, giving effect to the amendment referenced in clause (c) below, was approved by the stockholders of the Company on October 10, 2006; (c) was amended by the Board on September 26, 2006; (d) was thereafter amended by the Board on March 26, 2009, and subsequently approved by the stockholders of the Company on June 15, 2009; and (3) was thereafter amended by the Board on March 27, 2014. This Plan as herein amended and restated shall become effective upon its approval by the Board on March 24, 2015.

17.Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of this Plan and any Award hereunder will be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

18.Performance-Based Compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee will have discretion to determine whether an Award granted under this Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder as “performance-based compensation.” With respect to Awards granted to Participants who are designated as covered employees as described in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, and that are intended to comply with the requirements for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan in a manner consistent with such requirements.

19.Section 409A of the Code. Except as otherwise may be provided in an agreement evidencing a grant, all Awards under the Plan are intended to be exempt under Section 409A of the Code. It is the intent of the Company that the operation and administration of the Plan and all agreements evidencing Awards under the Plan not cause the acceleration of taxation, or the imposition of penalty taxes or interest, under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award agreement to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” as such term is used in Section 409A of the Code, then any payment to the Participant described in the Plan or an Award agreement upon his or her termination of employment that is not exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code that is payable on account of “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), and that is otherwise payable within 6 months after Participant’s separation from service, shall instead be made on the date 6 months after such separation from service.

7

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
The following table lists each subsidiary of Oxford Industries, Inc. indented under the name of its immediate parent, the percentage of each subsidiary’s voting securities beneficially owned by its immediate parent and the jurisdiction under the laws of which each subsidiary was organized:

Name	 	% of Voting
Securities	Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization	
Oxford Industries, Inc.	 	 	
Ben Sherman Clothing LLC	100	Georgia	
Camisas Bahia Kino S.A. de C.V.	100	Mexico	
Industrias Lanier De Honduras S. de R.L.	50(1)	Guatemala	
Lionshead Clothing Company	100	Delaware	
Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV	99(2)	Mexico	
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford de Colon, S.A.	100	Costa Rica	
Oxford Garment, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford Lockbox, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford International, Inc.	100	Georgia	
Oxford of South Carolina, Inc.	100	South Carolina	
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Oxford Products (International) Limited	99.99(3)	Hong Kong	
Piedmont Apparel Corporation	100	Delaware	
Sugartown Worldwide LLC	100	Delaware	
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Viewpoint Marketing, Inc.	100	Florida	
Ben Sherman Group Limited	 	 	
Ben Sherman (Australia) Pty Ltd.	100	Australia	
Rodeo International Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Sherman Cooper Marketing Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited	 	 	
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Ben Sherman Limited	 	 	
Ben Sherman Group Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Textile Caledonia Investments Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	 	 	
Q.R. Fashions S. de R.L.	100	Honduras	
Oxford Industries (UK2) Limited	 	 	
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford Industries (UK3) Limited	 	 	
Ben Sherman Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford International, Inc.	 	 	
Oxford Internacional de Guatemala Sociedad Anonima	100	Guatemala	
Oxford Private Limited of Delaware, Inc.	 	 	
Ben Sherman Holdings Limited	100	United Kingdom	
Oxford Products (International) Limited	 	 	
Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV	99(4)	Mexico	
Oxford Philippines, Inc.	96.25(5)	Philippines	

 	
 	 	 	 	
Name	 	% of Voting
Securities	Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization	
Tommy Bahama Global Sourcing Limited	100	Hong Kong	
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Texas Beverages, LLC	100	Texas	
Tommy Bahama Global Sourcing Limited	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Australia Pty Ltd	100	Australia	
Tommy Bahama Canada ULC	100	Canada	
Tommy Bahama International, Pte. Ltd.	100	Singapore	
Tommy Bahama K. K.	100	Japan	
Tommy Bahama Limited	100	Hong Kong	
Tommy Bahama (Macau) Limited	100	Macau	
Tommy Bahama Trading (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.	100	China	
Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.	 	 	
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.	100	Delaware	
Tommy Bahama R&R Holdings, Inc.	 	 	
Tommy Bahama Beverages, LLC	100	Delaware	

(1)	50% of the voting securities of Industrias Lanier de Honduras S.A. is owned by Oxford Caribbean, Inc.	
 	 	
(2)	1% of the voting securities of Manufacturera de Sonora, S.A. de CV is owned by Oxford International, Inc.	
 	 	
(3)	One share of Oxford Products (International) Limited is owned by Oxford International, Inc. Oxford Products (International) Limited has 150,000 shares issued and outstanding.	
 	 	
(4)	1% of the voting securities of Industrias Oxford de Merida, S.A. de CV is owned by Oxford Industries, Inc.	
 	 	
(5)	3.74% of the voting securities of Oxford Phillipines, Inc. is owned by Oxford Industries, Inc. Nominal ownership interests of certain of the voting securities of Oxford Phillippines, Inc. are owned by various individuals.	

Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Oxford Industries, Inc.: 
 	 	
(1)	Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-121538 and 333-161902) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan,	
 	 	
(2)	
Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-121535 and 333-161904) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and	
 	 	
(3)	Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-130010) pertaining to the Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan;	
of our reports dated March 30, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Oxford Industries, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Oxford Industries, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Oxford Industries, Inc. for the year ended January 31, 2015.

 	                     /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
	
Atlanta, Georgia
March 30, 2015	 	

Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ Thomas C. Gallagher            
Thomas C. Gallagher
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ George C. Guynn            
George C. Guynn
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ John R. Holder            
John R. Holder
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ J. Hicks Lanier            
J. Hicks Lanier
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ J. Reese Lanier            
J. Reese Lanier
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ Dennis M. Love            
Dennis M. Love
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ Clarence H. Smith            
Clarence H. Smith
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ Clyde C. Tuggle            
Clyde C. Tuggle
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ Helen B. Weeks            
Helen B. Weeks
        
Date: March 24, 2015

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, a director of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby constitute and appoint each of Thomas E. Campbell, Mary Margaret Heaton and Suraj A. Palakshappa, or any one of them, my true and lawful attorneys-in-fact for me and in my name for the purpose of executing on my behalf in any and all capacities the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and causing such Annual Report or any such amendment or supplement to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”). In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to execute on my behalf in my capacity as a director of the Company subject to the reporting requirements of the Act, all Forms required to be filed by me under the Act, including Forms 4 and 5, in accordance with the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, each such attorney-in-fact shall have full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts on my behalf which may be necessary or desirable to complete, execute and timely file any such Forms with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any stock exchange or similar authority.

/s/ E. Jenner Wood III            
E. Jenner Wood III
        
Date: March 24, 2015

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas C. Chubb III, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

 	 	 	 	
Date:	March 30, 2015	 	/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	
 	 	 	Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, K. Scott Grassmyer, certify that:
 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Oxford Industries, Inc.;	
 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 	 	
4.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	
(a)	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 	 	
(b)	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	
(c)	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	
(d)	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	
5.	The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	
(a)	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	
(b)	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.	

 	
 	 	 	 	
Date:	March 30, 2015	 	/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	
 	 	 	K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	

EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K ("Form 10-K") for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Thomas C. Chubb III, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and I, K. Scott Grassmyer, Executive Vice President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of the Company, each certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:
 	 	
(1)	The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	

(2)	The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

 	
 	 	
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III	 	
Thomas C. Chubb III
 Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	
March 30, 2015	 	
 	 	
/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER	 	
K. Scott Grassmyer
 Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)	 	
March 30, 2015